Yamaha YPT-340 de handleiding

Merk: Yamaha

Model: YPT-340

Categorie: Digitale piano's

Type: de handleiding

DIGITAL KEYBOARDDIGITAL KEYBOARD

Owner’s ManualOwner’s Manual

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION

This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter).

DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other

than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically

recommended by Yamaha.

WARNING:

Do not place this product in a position where anyone could

walk on, trip over, or roll anything over power or connecting cords of any

kind. The use of an extension cord is not recommended! If you must use an

extension cord, the minimum wire size for a 25’ cord (or less ) is 18 AWG.

NOTE: The smaller the AWG number, the larger the current handling

capacity. For longer extension cords, consult a local electrician.

This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a

cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is

used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that accom-

pany the accessory product.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE:

The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at

the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or

modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update

existing units.

This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and

headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels

that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long

periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfort-

able. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you

should consult an audiologist.

IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before

damage occurs.

Some Yamaha products may have benches and / or accessory

mounting fixtures that are either supplied with the product or as

optional accessories. Some of these items are designed to be dealer

assembled or installed. Please make sure that benches are stable and

any optional fixtures (where applicable) are well secured BEFORE

using.

Benches supplied by Yamaha are designed for seating only. No other

uses are recommended.

NOTICE:

Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how a

function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are

not covered by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore the

owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult

your dealer before requesting service.

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:

Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and envi-

ronmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the

production methods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keep-

ing with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to be

aware of the following:

Battery Notice:

This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if

applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of bat-

tery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes neces-

sary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the

replacement.

This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these

may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a

rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery being

charged.

When installing batteries, never mix old batteries with new ones, and

never mix different types of batteries. Batteries MUST be installed cor-

rectly. Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and

battery case rupture.

Warning:

Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all bat-

teries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as

regulated by the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of

household type batteries in your area for battery disposal information.

Disposal Notice:

Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some rea-

son its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all

local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of prod-

ucts that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable

to assist you, please contact Yamaha directly.

NAME PLATE LOCATION:

The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model

number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this

plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the

date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual

as a permanent record of your purchase.

Model

Serial No.

Purchase Date

PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL

92-BP (bottom)

1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT!

This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions con-

tained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not

expressly approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by

the FCC, to use the product.

2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/

or another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s

supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation

instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC

authorization to use this product in the USA.

3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the

requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital

devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reason-

able level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential

environment will not result in harmful interference with other elec-

tronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies

and, if not installed and used according to the instructions found in

the users manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation

of other electronic devices. Compliance with FCC regulations does

not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If

this product is found to be the source of interference, which can be

determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to elimi-

nate the problem by using one of the following measures:

Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by

the interference.

Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or

fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s.

In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the

antenna. If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the

lead-in to co-axial type cable.

If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results,

please contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of

product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please con-

tact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division,

6600 Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA90620

The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by

Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.

* This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA. (class B)

FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.)

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

OBSERVERA!

Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) så länge som den

ar ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har stängts av.

ADVARSEL: Netspændingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt,

sålænge netledningen sidder i en stikkontakt, som er tændt — også

selvom der er slukket på apparatets afbryder.

VAROITUS: Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko

laitetta verkosta.

(standby)

Entsorgung leerer Batterien (nur innerhalb

Deutschlands)

Leisten Sie einen Beitrag zum Umweltschutz. Verbrauchte Batterien

oder Akkumulatoren dürfen nicht in den Hausmüll. Sie können bei

einer Sammelstelle für Altbatterien bzw. Sondermüll abgegeben

werden. Informieren Sie sich bei Ihrer Kommune.

(battery)

COMPLIANCE INFORMATION STATEMENT

(DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY PROCEDURE)

Responsible Party : Yamaha Corporation of America

Address : 6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif.

90620

Telephone : 714-522-9011

Type of Equipment : Digital Keyboard

Model Name : PSR-E343/YPT-340

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and

2) this device must accept any interference received including

interference that may cause undesired operation.

See user manual instructions if interference to radio reception is

suspected.

* This applies only to products distributed by

YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA.

(FCC DoC)

The model number, serial number, power requirements, etc., may be

found on or near the name plate, which is at the bottom of the unit.

You should note this serial number in the space provided below and

retain this manual as a permanent record of your purchase to aid

identification in the event of theft.

Model No.

Serial No.

(bottom_en_01)

Information for Users on Collection and Disposal of Old Equipment and used Batteries

These symbols on the products, packaging, and/or accompanying documents mean that used electrical and electronic products and batteries should

not be mixed with general household waste.

For proper treatment, recovery and recycling of old products and used batteries, please take them to applicable collection points, in accordance with

your national legislation and the Directives 2002/96/EC and 2006/66/EC.

By disposing of these products and batteries correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and prevent any potential negative effects on human

health and the environment which could otherwise arise from inappropriate waste handling.

For more information about collection and recycling of old products and batteries, please contact your local municipality, your waste disposal service

or the point of sale where you purchased the items.

[For business users in the European Union]

If you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplier for further information.

[Information on Disposal in other Countries outside the European Union]

These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you wish to discard these items, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask for the

correct method of disposal.

Note for the battery symbol (bottom two symbol examples):

This symbol might be used in combination with a chemical symbol. In this case it complies with the requirement set by the Directive for the chemical

involved.

(weee_battery_eu_en_01)

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

About the Manuals

In addition to this Owner’s Manual, the following Online materials (PDF files) are available.

MIDI Reference

Contains MIDI-related information, such as the MIDI Implementation Chart.

MIDI Basics (only in English, French, German and Spanish)

Contains basic explanations about what MIDI is and can do.

Computer-related Operations

Contains instructions about computer-related functions.

iPhone/iPad Connection Manual

Explains how to connect the instrument to smart devices, such iPhone, iPad, etc.

To obtain these manuals, access the Yamaha Downloads, enter “PSR-E343” (for example) to the Model

Name box, then click [SEARCH].

Yamaha Downloads

http://download.yamaha.com/

Song Book (only in English, French, German and Spanish)

Contains music scores for the preset Songs (excluding the Demo Songs) of this instrument. After completing the user

registration at the website below, you can download this Song Book free of charge.

Yamaha Online Member

https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/

You will need the PRODUCT ID on the sheet (“Online Member Product Registration”) packaged with this

manual in order to fill out the User Registration form.

Included Accessories

• Owner’s Manual (this book)

• AC Power Adaptor

• Music Rest

• Online Member Product Registration

*1: May not be included depending on your particular locale. Check with your Yamaha dealer.

*2: The PRODUCT ID on the sheet will be needed when you fill out the User Registration form.

Formats and functions

GM System Level 1

“GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI

standard which ensures that any GM-compatible

music data can be accurately played by any GM-

compatible tone generator, regardless of manufac-

turer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and

hardware products that support GM System

Level.

XGlite

As its name implies, “XGlite” is a simplified ver-

sion of Yamaha’s high-quality XG tone genera-

tion format. Naturally, you can play back any XG

song data using an XGlite tone generator. How-

ever, keep in mind that some songs may play back

differently compared to the original data, due to

the reduced set of control parameters and effects.

USB

USB is an abbreviation for Universal Serial

Bus. It is a serial interface for connecting a

computer with peripheral devices. It allows

“hot swapping” (connecting peripheral

devices while the power to the computer is

on).

STYLE FILE

The Style File Format combines all of

Yamaha’s auto accompaniment know-how

into a single unified format.

Touch Response

The exceptionally natural Touch Response

feature gives you maximum expressive con-

trol over the level of the Voices.

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

About the Manuals................................................ 4

Included Accessories............................................ 4

Formats and functions .......................................... 4

Setting Up

Panel Controls and Terminals 8

Setting Up 10

Power Requirements .......................................... 10

Using the music rest ........................................... 11

Connecting Headphones or External Audio Equipment

.. 11

Connecting a Footswitch to the SUSTAIN jack .. 11

Turning the Power On/Off................................... 11

Auto Power Off Function .................................... 12

Selecting an EQ Setting for the Best Sound....... 12

Changing the Touch Sensitivity of the Keyboard 12

Display Items and Basic Operations 13

Display Items ...................................................... 13

Basic Operations ................................................ 13

Reference

Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices 14

Selecting a Main Voice ....................................... 14

Playing the “Grand Piano” .................................. 14

Using the Metronome ......................................... 14

Layering a Dual Voice ........................................ 15

Playing a Split Voice in the Left Hand area ........ 15

Playing with enhanced, more spacious sound

(Ultra-Wide Stereo)........................................ 15

Adding Harmony................................................. 16

Applying Effects to the Sound ............................ 16

Playing Styles 17

Using the Music Database.................................. 18

Registering a Style File....................................... 18

Style Variations—Sections ................................. 19

Changing the Tempo.......................................... 19

Chord Types for Style Playback ......................... 20

Looking Up Chords Using the Chord Dictionary. 21

Playing Songs 22

Listening to a Demo Song .................................. 22

Selecting and Playing Back a Song.................... 22

BGM Playback.................................................... 23

Song Fast Forward, Fast Reverse, and Pause .. 23

Changing the Melody Voice................................ 23

A-B Repeat......................................................... 24

Turning Each Part On/Off................................... 24

Playing an External Audio Device with the

Built-in Speakers 25

Using the Melody Suppressor .............................25

Using the Song Lesson Feature 26

Downloading the Song Book...............................26

Keys To Success ................................................ 26

Listening, Timing and Waiting .............................28

Keys to Success with Listening, Timing or Waiting

.29

Phrase Repeat .................................................... 29

Recording Your Performance 30

Track Structure of a Song ...................................30

Quick Recording..................................................30

Recording to a Specified Track ...........................31

Clearing a User Song.......................................... 31

Memorizing Your Favorite Panel Settings 32

Memorizing Panel Settings to the Registration Memory

..32

Recalling Panel Settings from the Registration Memory

..32

The Functions 33

Using with a Computer or iPad/iPhone 36

Connecting to a computer ...................................36

Connecting an iPad/iPhone.................................36

Backup and Initialization 36

Backup Parameters.............................................36

Initialization .........................................................36

Appendix

Troubleshooting.............................................37

Song Book Sample ........................................38

Voice List ........................................................48

Drum Kit List ..................................................53

Song List......................................................... 56

Style List .........................................................57

Music Database List ......................................58

Effect Type List ..............................................59

Specifications................................................. 60

Index................................................................ 61

Thank you for purchasing this Yamaha Digital Keyboard!

We recommend that you read this manual carefully so that you can fully take advantage of the advanced

and convenient functions of the instrument.

We also recommend that you keep this manual in a safe and handy place for future reference.

Contents

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

PRECAUTIONS

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING

Please keep this manual in a safe and handy place for future reference.

WARNING

Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical

shock, short-circuiting, damages, fire or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the

following:

• Do not place the power cord near heat sources such as heaters or radiators. Also,

do not excessively bend or otherwise damage the cord, or place heavy objects on

it.

• Only use the voltage specified as correct for the instrument. The required voltage

is printed on the name plate of the instrument.

• Use the specified adaptor (page 60) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in

damage to the instrument or overheating.

• Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust which may have

accumulated on it.

• This instrument contains no user-serviceable parts. Do not open the instrument

or attempt to disassemble or modify the internal components in any way. If it

should appear to be malfunctioning, discontinue use immediately and have it

inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel.

• Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in damp or wet

conditions, place on it any containers (such as vases, bottles or glasses)

containing liquids which might spill into any openings. If any liquid such as

water seeps into the instrument, turn off the power immediately and unplug the

power cord from the AC outlet. Then have the instrument inspected by qualified

Yamaha service personnel.

• Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet hands.

• Do not put burning items, such as candles, on the unit. A burning item may fall

over and cause a fire.

• Follow the precautions below. Failure to do so might result in explosion, fire,

overheating or battery fluid leakage.

- Do not tamper with or disassemble batteries.

- Do not dispose of batteries in fire.

- Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not designed to be charged.

- Keep the batteries separate from metallic objects such as necklaces, hairpins,

coins, and keys.

- Use the specified battery type (page 10) only.

- Use new batteries, all of which are the same type, same model, and made by

the same manufacturer.

- Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with the +/- polarity

markings.

- When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used for a long

time, remove the batteries from the instrument.

- When using Ni-MH batteries, follow the instructions that came with the

batteries. Use only the specified charger device when charging.

• Keep batteries away from small children who might accidentally swallow them.

• If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked fluid. If the battery fluid

should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or skin, wash immediately with

water and consult a doctor. Battery fluid is corrosive and may possibly cause loss

of sight or chemical burns.

• When one of the following problems occur, immediately turn off the power switch

and disconnect the electric plug from the outlet. (If you are using batteries,

remove all batteries from the instrument.) Then have the device inspected by

Yamaha service personnel.

- The power cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged.

- It emits unusual smells or smoke.

- Some object has been dropped into the instrument.

- There is a sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument.

CAUTION

Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage

to the instrument or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a multiple-connector.

Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or possibly cause overheating in the

outlet.

• When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an outlet, always hold

the plug itself and not the cord. Pulling by the cord can damage it.

• Remove the electric plug from the outlet when the instrument is not to be used for

extended periods of time, or during electrical storms.

• Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it might accidentally

fall over.

• Before moving the instrument, remove all connected cables, to prevent damage

to the cables or injury to anyone who might trip over them.

Power supply/AC power adaptor

Do not open

Water warning

Fire warning

Battery

If you notice any abnormality

Power supply/AC power adaptor

Location

DMI-5 1/2

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

• When setting up the product, make sure that the AC outlet you are using is easily

accessible. If some trouble or malfunction occurs, immediately turn off the power

switch and disconnect the plug from the outlet. Even when the power switch is

turned off, electricity is still flowing to the product at the minimum level. When

you are not using the product for a long time, make sure to unplug the power

cord from the wall AC outlet.

• Use only the stand specified for the instrument. When attaching the stand or rack,

use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could cause damage to the internal

components or result in the instrument falling over.

• Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, turn off the

power for all components. Before turning the power on or off for all components,

set all volume levels to minimum.

• Be sure to set the volumes of all components at their minimum levels and

gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the

desired listening level.

• Do not insert a finger or hand in any gaps on the instrument.

• Never insert or drop paper, metallic, or other objects into the gaps on the panel or

keyboard. This could cause physical injury to you or others, damage to the

instrument or other property, or operational failure.

• Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instrument, and do not

use excessive force on the buttons, switches or connectors.

• Do not use the instrument/device or headphones for a long period of time at a

high or uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing

loss. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a

physician.

Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use.

Even when the [ ] (Standby/On) switch is in standby status, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level.

When you are not using the instrument for a long time, make sure you unplug the power cord from the wall AC outlet.

Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations.

NOTICE

To avoid the possibility of malfunction/ damage to the product, damage to data, or damage to other property, follow the

notices below.

 Handling and Maintenance

• Do not use the instrument in the vicinity of a TV, radio, stereo equipment, mobile phone, or other electric devices. Otherwise, the instrument, TV, or radio

may generate noise. When you use the instrument along with the application on your iPhone/iPad, we recommend that you set “Airplane Mode” to “ON”

on your iPhone/iPad in order to avoid noise caused by communication.

• Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or extreme cold or heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in a car during the day)

to prevent the possibility of panel disfiguration, damage to the internal components or unstable operation. (Verified operating temperature range: 5° –

40°C, or 41° – 104°F.)

• Do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber objects on the instrument, since this might discolor the panel or keyboard.

• When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use paint thinners, solvents, cleaning fluids, or chemical-impregnated wiping cloths.

 Saving data

• Saved data may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Save important data to external device such as a computer. (page 36)

Information

 About copyrights

• Copying of the commercially available musical data including but not limited to MIDI data and/or audio data is strictly prohibited except for your personal

use.

• This product incorporates and bundles computer programs and contents in which Yamaha owns copyrights or with respect to which it has license to use

others’ copyrights. Such copyrighted materials include, without limitation, all computer software, style files, MIDI files, WAVE data, musical scores and

sound recordings. Any unauthorized use of such programs and contents outside of personal use is not permitted under relevant laws. Any violation of

 About functions/data bundled with the instrument

• Some of the preset songs have been edited for length or arrangement, and may not be exactly the same as the original.

 About this manual

• The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this manual are for instructional purposes only, and may appear somewhat different from those on your

instrument.

• iPhone and iPad are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

• The company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

Connections

Handling caution

Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused by improper use or modifications to the instrument, or data that is lost or destroyed.

DMI-5 2/2

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Panel Controls and Terminals

q [ ] (Standby/On) switch..................... page 11

w [MASTER VOLUME] control ................ page 11

e [DEMO] button......................................page 23

r [FUNCTION] button..............................page 33

t [METRONOME] button.........................page 14

y [TEMPO/TAP] button............................page 19

u PART

[L] button ..............................................page 28

[R] button..............................................page 28

u [REC TRACK 2] button.........................page 30

[REC TRACK 1] button.........................page 30

i [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button ..............page 26

o [PHRASE REPEAT] button ..................page 29

!0 [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button

............................................................... page 28

!1 [A-B REPEAT] button...........................page 24

!2 [REW] button........................................ page 23

!3 [FF] button ............................................ page 23

!4 [PAUSE] button ....................................page 23

!1 [ACMP ON/OFF] button ....................... page 17

!2 [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button................. page 19

!3 [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button.................... page 19

!4 [SYNC START] button .......................... page 17

In the Song mode

In the Recording mode

In the Song mode

In the Style mode

Setting Up

The “Press & Hold” Symbol

Buttons having this indication can be used to call up

an alternate function when the relevant button is

pressed and held. Hold down this button until the

function is called up.

GrandPno

001

!1 !2 !3 !4 !5 !6

@1 @2

C1 C2 C3 C4

Song List

(page 56)

Style List

(page 57)

Display

(page 13)

Front Panel

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Panel Controls and Terminals

!5 [START/STOP] button...................pages 17, 22

!6 [REC] button ........................................ page 30

!7 [SONG] button ..................................... page 22

!8 [VOICE] button......................................page 14

!9 [STYLE] button .....................................page 17

@0 Number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]............page 13

@1 [PORTABLE GRAND] button ...............page 14

@2 [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] button...........page 15

@3 [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] button....... page 25

@4 [REGIST MEMORY] button.................. page 32

@5 [MUSIC DATABASE] button .................page 18

@6 [DUAL] button .......................................page 15

@7 [SPLIT] button.......................................page 15

@8 [HARMONY] button ..............................page 16

@9 Drum illustrations for the Drum Kit ....page 14

Each of these indicates the drum or percussion instrument

assigned to the corresponding key for “Standard Kit 1.”

#0 SUSTAIN jack........................................ page 11

#1 USB TO HOST terminal* ......................page 36

#2 AUX IN jack ...........................................page 25

#3 PHONES/OUTPUT jack ........................ page 11

#4 DC IN jack .............................................page 10

* For connecting to a computer. For details, refer to “Computer-

related Operations” (page 4) on the website. When connecting,

use an AB type USB cable of less than 3 meters. USB 3.0 cables

cannot be used.

@3 @4

C5 C6

Voice List

(page 48)

Music Database List

(page 58)

#3 #4

#1 #2

Rear Panel

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Setting Up

Power Requirements

Although the instrument will run either from an

optional AC adaptor or batteries, Yamaha recom-

mends use of an AC adaptor whenever possible. An

AC adaptor is more environmentally friendly than bat-

teries and does not deplete resources.

Using an AC Power Adaptor

1 Make sure that the power of the instrument is off

(the backlight display is off).

2 Connect the AC adaptor to the power supply jack.

3 Plug the AC adaptor into an AC outlet.

Using Batteries

This instrument requires six “AA” size, Alkaline

(LR6)/Manganese (R6) batteries, or rechargeable

nickel-metal hydride batteries (rechargeable Ni-MH

batteries). The Alkaline batteries or rechargeable Ni-

MH batteries are recommended for this instrument,

since other types may result in poorer battery perfor-

mance.

 Installing the batteries

1 Make sure that the power of the instrument is off

(display is blank, except for notation staff).

2 Open the battery compartment cover located on the

instrument’s bottom panel.

3 Insert the six new batteries, being careful to follow

the polarity markings on the inside of the compart-

ment.

4 Replace the compartment cover, making sure that it

locks firmly in place.

When battery power becomes too low for proper oper-

ation, the volume may be reduced, the sound may be

distorted, and other problems may occur. When this

happens, make sure to replace all batteries with new

ones or already-recharged ones.

• Use the specified adaptor (page 60) only. Using the

wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument

or overheating.

• When setting up the product, make sure that the AC

outlet you are using is easily accessible. If some trou-

ble or malfunction occurs, immediately turn off the

power switch and disconnect the plug from the outlet.

Even when the power switch is turned off, electricity is

still flowing to the product at the minimum level. When

you are not using the product for a long time, make

sure to unplug the power cord from the wall AC outlet.

• When using Ni-MH batteries, follow the instructions that

came with the batteries. Use only the specified charger

device when charging.

WARNING

CAUTION

AC outlet

AC power

adaptor

WARNING

• Connecting or disconnecting the power adaptor with bat-

teries installed may turn the power off, resulting in loss of

data being recorded or transferred at the time.

• This instrument cannot charge the batteries. Use only the

specified charger device when charging.

• Power will be automatically drawn from the AC adaptor if an

AC adaptor is connected while batteries are installed in the

instrument.

NOTICE

NOTE

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Setting Up

 Setting the battery type

After installing new batteries and turning the power

on, make sure to set the Battery Type appropriately

(rechargeable or not) via Function number 042 (page

35).

Using the music rest

Connecting Headphones or

External Audio Equipment

Any pair of stereo headphones with a 1/4” stereo

phone plug can be plugged in here for convenient

monitoring. The speakers are automatically shut off

when a plug is inserted into this jack.

The PHONES/OUTPUT jack also functions as an

external output. You can connect the PHONES/OUT-

PUT jack to a keyboard amplifier, stereo system,

mixer, tape recorder, or other line-level audio device

to send the instrument’s output signal to that device.

Connecting a Footswitch to the

SUSTAIN jack

You can produce a natural sustain as you play by

pressing an optional Footswitch plugged into the

[SUSTAIN] jack.

Turning the Power On/Off

Turn down the [MASTER VOLUME] control to

“MIN” then press the [ ] (Standby/On) switch to

turn on the power. While playing the keyboard, adjust

the [MASTER VOLUME] control. To turn off the

power, press the [ ] (Standby/On) switch again for

a second.

While playing the keyboard, use the [MASTER VOL-

UME] control to adjust the volume to an appropriate

level.

• Failure to set the Battery Type may shorten the amount of

the battery life. Make sure to set the Battery Type correctly.

• Do not use the instrument/device or headphones for a long

period of time at a high or uncomfortable volume level,

since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you experi-

ence any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a phy-

sician.

• Before connecting the instrument to other electronic com-

ponents, set all volume levels to the minimum, then turn

off the power for all components.

NOTICE

Insert the music rest

into the slots as shown.

CAUTION

• When the instrument’s sound is output to an external

device, first turn on the power to the instrument, then to

the external device. Reverse this order when you turn the

power off.

• The sustain function does not affect split voices (page 15).

• Make sure that the footswitch plug is properly connected to

the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power.

• Do not press the footswitch while turning the power on. Doing

this changes the recognized polarity of the footswitch, result-

ing in reversed footswitch operation.

• When using a power adaptor, even when the power is off, a

small amount of electricity is still being consumed by the

instrument. When you are not using the instrument for a

long time, make sure to unplug the AC power adaptor from

the wall AC outlet.

NOTICE

NOTE

CAUTION

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Setting Up

Auto Power Off Function

To prevent unnecessary power consumption, this

instrument features an Auto Power Off function that

automatically turns the power off if the instrument is

not operated for a specified period of time. The

amount of time that will elapse before the power is

automatically turned off is set by default to 30 min-

utes.

 To disable the Auto Power Off func-

tion:

Turn off the power, then press the [ ] (Standby/On)

switch to turn on the power while holding down the

lowest key.



To set the time that elapses before Auto

Power Off is executed:

While holding down the [FUNCTION] button, press

the [+] or [-] button several times until “AutoOff”

(Function 041) appears then select the desired value.

Settings: OFF, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 120 (minutes)

Default value: 30 (minutes)

Selecting an EQ Setting for the

Best Sound

Six different master equalizer (EQ) settings give you

the best possible sound when listening through differ-

ent reproduction systems—the instrument’s internal

speakers, headphones, or an external speaker system.

Hold down the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO]

button for longer than a second to call

up “024 MasterEQ.”

“MasterEQ” is shown in the display for a few sec-

onds, and the current Master EQ type appears.

Use the [+] or [-] button to select the

desired Master EQ type.

Master EQ types

Changing the Touch Sensitivity of

the Keyboard

You can specify the Touch Sensitivity (how the sound

responds to your playing strength). This can be set via

Function number 007 (page 33).

• Generally, the data and settings are maintained even when the

power is turned off. For details, see page 36.

• Depending on the instrument status, the power may not

turn off automatically, even after the elapse of the specified

period of time. Always turn off the power manually when

the instrument is not in use.

• When the instrument is not operated for a specified period

of time while connected to an external device such as an

amplifier, speaker or computer, make sure to follow the

instructions in the Owner’s Manual to turn off the power to

the instrument and the connected devices, in order to pro-

tect the devices from damage. If you do not want the

power to turn off automatically when a device is con-

nected, disable Auto Power Off.

NOTE

NOTICE

1 Speaker

Optimum for listening via the instru-

ment’s built-in speakers.

2 Headphone

Optimum for headphones, or for listen-

ing via external speakers.

3 Boost Features more powerful sound.

4 Piano Optimum for piano solo performance.

5Bright

Lowers the mid range for a brighter

sound.

6 Mild

Lowers the high range for a softer

sound.

024

MasterEQ

024

Speaker

Current Master

EQ type

Hold for longer

than a second.

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Display Items and Basic Operations

Display Items

Basic Operations

Before operating the instrument, it may be helpful to familiarize yourself with the basic controls below that are

used to select items and change values.

 Number buttons

Use the Number buttons to directly enter an item or

value. For numbers that start with one or two zeroes,

the first zeroes can be omitted.

 [-] and [+] buttons

Press the [+] button briefly to increase the value by 1, or

press the [-] button briefly to decrease the value by 1.

Press and hold either button to continuously increase or

decrease the value in the corresponding direction.

GrandPno

001

003

These indicate the operating condition

of the instrument.

Song/Voice/Style

Normally this indicates the notes you

play. When the Song Lesson function

is used, this indicates the current

notes and chord of playback. When

the Dictionary function (page 21) is

used, this indicates the notes of the

chord you specify.

Notation

• Any notes occurring below or above

the staff are indicated by “8va.”

• For a few specific chords, not all notes

may be shown, due to space limita-

tions in the display.

NOTE

This area indicates the lesson

related status.

Indicates that Keys To

Success (page 26) is on.

Indicates that Phrase

Repeat (page 29) is on.

Indicates the Passing

Status (page 27) of

the Keys To Success

lesson.

Lesson Indication

This area indicates the on/off status

of each function. Each indication is

shown when the corresponding

function is turned on.

... Page 12

... Page

On/Off status

Indicates the chord which is played on the Auto

Accompaniment range (page 17) of the keyboard, or

specified via Song playback.

Normally indicates the current measure number of current Style or

Song. When the [FUNCTION] button (page 33) is in use, this indi-

cates the Function number.

Indicates notes currently being played. Indi-

cates the melody and chord notes of a Song

when the Song lesson function is in use.

Also indicates the notes of a chord—either when playing a chord or

when using the Dictionary function.

Chord

Measure or Function

Keyboard Display

003

Indicates the on/off status of Song playback or

target Track of Song recording.

Lit: Track contains data

Unlit: Track is muted or contains no data

Flashing: Track is selected as recording track

Indicates the current beat of playback.

Song Track status

Beat

Press number buttons

[0], [0], [3], or simply

press [3].

Example: Selecting Voice 003,

Harpsichord.

Press briefly to

increase.

Press briefly to

decrease.

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices

In addition to piano, organ, and other “standard” keyboard instruments, this instru-

ment has a large range of voices that includes guitar, bass, strings, sax, trumpet,

drums and percussion, and even sound effects—giving you a wide variety of musical

sounds.

Press the [VOICE] button.

The Voice number and name will be shown.

Use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]

buttons to select the desired Voice.

Refer to the Voice List on page 48.

Play the keyboard.

Preset Voice Types

When you want to reset various settings to default and

simply play a Piano sound, press the [PORTABLE

GRAND] button.

The Voice “Grand Piano” will automatically be

selected as the Main Voice.

The instrument features a built-in metronome (a

device that keeps an accurate tempo), convenient for

practicing.

Press the [METRONOME] button to start

the metronome.

Press the [METRONOME] button again

to stop the metronome.

To change the tempo:

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button to call up the Tempo

value, then use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-].

Press the [+] and [-] buttons simultaneously to

instantly reset the value to the default tempo.

To set the Time Signature:

Press and hold the [METRONOME] button to call up

“TimeSigN” (Functions 032; page 34), then use the

Number buttons.

To set the Metronome Volume:

This can be set via Function number 034 (page 34).

Selecting a Main Voice

001–187 Instrument Voices (including sound effects).

188–205

(Drum Kit)

Various drum and percussion sounds are

assigned to individual keys, from which they

can be played. Details on the instruments and

key assignments of each Drum Kit can be

found in the Drum Kit List on page 53.

206–550 XGlite Voices

000

One Touch Setting (OTS)

The One Touch Setting feature automatically

selects the most suitable Voice when you

select a Style or Song. Simply select Voice

number “000” to activate this feature.

GrandPno

001

Voice n am e

The Voice shown here

becomes the Main Voice

for the instrument.

Voice number

Appears after the

[VOICE] button is

pressed.

Flute

095

Select 095 Flute

Playing the “Grand Piano”

Using the Metronome

Tempo

090

Current Tempo value

Reference

Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

In addition to the Main Voice, you can layer a differ-

ent Voice over the entire keyboard as a “Dual Voice.”

Press the [DUAL] button to turn Dual on.

Press the [DUAL] button again to exit

from Dual.

To select a different Dual Voice:

Although turning on Dual will select a Dual Voice suit-

able for the current Main Voice, you can easily select a

different Dual Voice by pressing and holding the [Dual]

button to call up “D.Voice” (Function 012; page 34),

then using the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-].

By dividing the keyboard into the two separate areas,

you can play a different Voice between the Left hand

and Right hand areas.

Press the [SPLIT] button to turn on Split.

The keyboard is divided into the Left hand and

Right hand areas.

You can play a “Split Voice” on the Left hand area

of the keyboard while playing a Main Voice and

Dual Voice on the Right hand area of the key-

board.

The highest key for the Left hand area is referred

to as the “Split Point” (Function 006;

page 33

)

which can be changed from the default F#2 key.

Press the [SPLIT] button again to exit

from Split.

To select a different Split Voice:

Press and hold the [Split] button to call up “S.Voice”

(Function 016;

page 34

), then use the number buttons

[0]–[9], [+], [-].

You can play the keyboard with a spacious, wider

sound effect that gives you the sensation of hearing

the sound outside of the speakers by turning on the

Ultra-Wide Stereo effect.

Press the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] but-

ton to turn it on.

The sound will expand around you—as if the

speaker position is outside of the instrument.

Press the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] but-

ton again to turn it off.

To select the Ultra-Wide Stereo type:

Press and hold the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] button

to call up “Wide” (Function 025;

page 34

), then use

the Number buttons.

Layering a Dual Voice

Playing a Split Voice in the Left

Hand area

GrandPno

001

Appears when dual

voice is on

Two voices will

sound at the

same time.

GrandPno

001

Appears when split

voice is on

Playing with enhanced, more spa-

cious sound (Ultra-Wide Stereo)

36 48

60 72 84

Split Voice Main Voice and

Dual Voice

Split Point ... default setting: 54 (F#2)

GrandPno

001

Appears when Ultra-

Wide Stereo is on.

Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

You can add harmony notes to the Main Voice.

Press the [HARMONY] button to turn

Harmony on.

If you don’t want to have a Harmony effect or har-

mony notes, press the [HARMONY] button again

to turn Harmony off.

Although turning on the Harmony will select a

Harmony Type suitable for the current Main

Voice, you can select a different Harmony Type.

Hold down the [HARMONY] button for

longer than a second until “HarmType”

(Functions 026; page 34) appears on the

display.

After “HarmType” is shown for a few seconds, the

current Harmony Type appears.

Press the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]

to select the desired Harmony Type.

For details, refer to the Harmony Type list on page

59.

The effect and operation differs depending on the

Harmony Type. Refer to the section on the right

side.

To adjust the Harmony Volume:

This can be adjusted via Function number 027 (

page 34

This instrument can apply various Effects as listed

below to the instrument’s sound.

Reverb

Adds the ambience of a club or concert hall to the sound.

Although the best-suited Reverb type is called up by

selecting a Song or Style, you can select another one via

Function number 020 (

page 34

). You can also set the

Reverb depth via Function number 021 (

page 34

Chorus

Makes the Voice sound richer, warmer and more spa-

cious. Although the best-suited Chorus type is called

up by selecting a Song or Style, you can select another

one via Function number 022 (

page 34

Sustain

By turning on the Sustain parameter of Function num-

ber 023 (

page 34

), you can add a fixed sustain to the

keyboard Voices. Sustain can also be applied with the

optional footswitch (page 11).

Adding Harmony

GrandPno

001

This icon appears

when the [HARMONY]

button is pressed.

HarmType

Trio

Current Harmony Type

Hold for longer

than a second.

Applying Effects to the Sound

How to sound each Harmony Type

• Harmony type 01 to 05

Press the right-hand keys while playing chords in the

auto accompaniment range of the keyboard when

the Auto Accompaniment is on (page 17).

• Harmony type 06 to 12 (Trill)

Hold down two keys.

• Harmony type 13 to 19 (Tremolo)

Keep holding

down the keys.

• Harmony type 20 to 26 (Echo)

Play the keys.

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Playing Styles

This instrument includes the Auto Accompaniment feature that plays appropriate

“Styles” (rhythm + bass + chord accompaniment). You can select from a huge variety of

Styles covering a wide range of musical genres.

Press the [STYLE] button, then use the

number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-] to select

the desired Style.

The Style List is provided on the front panel, or in

the Style List (page 57).

Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn

on the Auto Accompaniment.

With this operation, the area of the keyboard to the

left of the Split Point (54: F#2) becomes the “Auto

Accompaniment range” and is used only for spec-

ifying the chords.

The highest key for the Auto Accompaniment

range is referred to as the “Split Point,” which can

be changed from the default of F#2 via Function

number 006 (page 33).

Press the [SYNC START] button to turn

Synchro Start on.

Play a chord in the Auto Accompani-

ment range to start playback.

Play a melody with the right hand and chords with

the left hand.

For information about chords, refer to “Chord

Types for Style Playback” (page 20) or use the

Chord Dictionary function (page 21).

Press the [START/STOP] button to stop

playback.

You can add intro, ending and rhythm variations to

Style playback by using “Sections.” For details,

refer to page 19.

Adjusting the Style Volume

To adjust the volume balance between Style playback

and keyboard, you can adjust the Style Volume. This

can be set via Function number 001 (page 33).

8BtModrn

002

Style Name

Style Number

This icon appears when the [STYLE]

button is pressed.

LoveSong

021

This icon appears when auto-

matic accompaniment is on.

36 48

7260

Split Point ... default setting: 54 (F#2)

Auto

Accompaniment

range

LoveSong

021

Flashes when sync start is on.

To play back the rhythm part only

If you press the [START/STOP] button (without press-

ing the [ACMP ON/OFF] button in step 2), only the

rhythm part can be played back, and you can play a

melody performance using the entire keyboard range.

Split Point

• Since the Pianist category Styles (128–136) have no

rhythm parts, no sound will be produced if you start

rhythm-only playback.

NOTE

Playing Styles

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

If you have difficulty finding and selecting the desired

Style and Voice, use this feature. From the Music

Database, just selecting the favorite music genre calls

up the ideal settings.

Press the [MUSIC DATABASE] button.

Both the Auto Accompaniment and Synchro Start

are automatically turned on.

Use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-] to

select the desired Music Database.

This operation calls up the panel settings such as

Voice and Style that are registered to the selected

Music Database. The Music Database List is pro-

vided on the front panel, or in the Music Database

List (page 58).

Play the keyboard as described in Steps

4–5 on page 17.

In addition to the Preset Styles, you can register an

external Style file (“.sty” file transferred from a com-

puter) as Style number 137 which will be used in the

same way as the Preset Styles.

Transfer the Style file (***.sty) from a

computer to this instrument by using

Musicsoft Downloader.

For instructions, refer to “Computer-related Oper-

ations” (page 4) on the website. You can transfer

two or more Styles to this instrument although

only a single Style can be registered to Style num-

ber 137.

Press the [FUNCTION] button several

times until “StyleReg” (Function 008;

page 33) appears.

After about two seconds, a registerable Style file

name will appear in the display.

If necessary, select the desired Style by

using the [+] or [-] button.

Press the [0] button.

A confirmation message for the register operation

will appear.

Press the [+/YES] button to actually reg-

ister the file.

Using the Music Database

AlvFever

001

Registering a Style File

008

StyleReg

Playing Styles

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Each Style consists of “Sections” that allow you to

vary the arrangement of the accompaniment to match

the song you are playing. These instructions cover a

typical example for using the Sections.

1–3

Same as Steps 1–3 in page 17.

Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button to

select Main A or Main B.

Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button.

Now, you’re ready to start Style playback from the

Intro section.

Play a chord with your left hand to start

playback of the Intro.

For this example, play a C major chord (as shown

below). For information on how to enter chords,

see “Chord Types for Style Playback” on page 20.

After the Intro finishes, play the key-

board according to the progression of

the Song you are playing.

Play chords with your left hand while playing

melodies with your right hand, and press the

[MAIN/AUTO FILL] button as necessary. The

Section will change to Fill-in then Main A or B.

Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button.

The Section switches to the Ending. When the End-

ing is finished, Style playback stops automatically.

You can have the Ending gradually slow down

(ritardando) by pressing the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.]

button again while the Ending is playing back.

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button to call up the Tempo

value, then use the [-] and [+] buttons to adjust the

Tempo value.

Press the [+] and [-] buttons simultaneously to reset

the value to the default tempo of the current Style or

Song.

Using the Tap function

While a Song or Style is playing back, press the

[TEMPO/TAP] button just twice at the desired tempo

to change the tempo. While Song or Style playback is

stopped, tap the [TEMPO/TAP] button several times

to start playback at the tapped tempo—four times for

a 4-beat Song or Style or three times for a 3-beat Song

or Style.

Style Variations—Sections

MAIN A

Current Section

INTRO≥A

Split Point

Accompani-

ment range

Changing the Tempo

FILL A≥B

ENDING

Tempo

090

Current Tempo value

Playing Styles

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

For users who are new to chords, this chart conveniently shows how to play common chords in the Auto Accom-

paniment range of the keyboard. Since there are many useful chords and many different ways to use them musi-

cally, refer to commercially available chord books for further details.

 indicates the root note.

• Inversions can be used as well as in “root” position—with the following exceptions:

m7, m7

5, 6, m6, sus4, aug, dim7, 7

5, 6(9), sus2

• Inversion of the 7sus4 and m7(11) chords are not recognized if the notes are omitted.

• Sus2 chords are indicated by the root name only.

• When playing a chord which cannot be recognized by this instrument, nothing is shown on the display. In such a case, only the rhythm

and bass parts will be played.

Chord Types for Style Playback

Major Minor Seventh Minor Seventh Major Seventh

Easy Chords

This method lets you easily play chords in the accompaniment range of the keyboard using only one, two, or three

fingers.

For root “C”

To play a major chord

Press the root note ()

of the chord.

To play a minor chord

Press the root note

together with the nearest

black key to the left of it.

To play a seventh chord

Press the root note

together with the nearest

white key to the left of it.

To play a minor seventh chord

Press the root note together

with the nearest white and

black keys to the left of it (three

keys altogether).

Playing Styles

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

The Dictionary function is useful when you know the

name of a certain chord and want to quickly learn how

to play it.

Press and hold the [1 LISTENING

2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button for longer

than a second to call up “Dict.”

“Dict.” will appear in the display.

This operation will divide the entire keyboard into

the three ranges as illustrated below.

• The range to the right of “ROOT ”:

Lets you specify the Chord Root, but produces no

sound.

• The range between “CHORD TYPE ” and

“ROOT ”:

Lets you specify the Chord Type, but produces no

sound.

• The range to the left of “CHORD TYPE ”:

Lets you play and confirm the Chord specified in the

above two ranges.

As an example, learn how to play a GM7

(G major seventh) chord.

2-1.

Press the “G” key in the section to the right

of “ROOT ” so that the “G” is shown as

the root note.

2-2.

Press the key labeled “M7” in the section

between “CHORD TYPE ” and “ROOT.”

The notes you should play for the specified

chord (root note and chord type) are conve-

niently shown in the display, both as nota-

tion and in the keyboard diagram.

To call up possible inversions of the chord, press

the [+]/[-] buttons.

Following the notation and keyboard

diagram in the display, try playing a

chord in the range to the left of “CHORD

TYPE .”

When you’ve played the chord properly, a bell

sound signals your success and the chord name in

the display flashes.

Looking Up Chords Using the

Chord Dictionary

Dict.

Hold for longer

than a second.

Chord Type range Root range

Keyboard

playing range

• About major chords: Simple major chords are usually

indicated only by the root note. For example, “C” refers

to C major. However, when specifying major chords

here, make sure to select “M” (major) after pressing the

root note.

• These chords are not shown in the Chord Dictionary

function: 6(9), M7(9), M7(

11 ),

5, M7

5, M7aug,

m7(11), mM7(9), mM7

5, 7

5, sus2

Dict.

001

Dict.

001

Chord name (root and type)

Individual notes of chord

(keyboard)

Notation of

chord

NOTE

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Playing Songs

You can simply enjoy listening to the internal Songs, or use them with just about any of

the functions, such as Lesson.

 Song Category

The Songs are organized by category as listed below.

Press the [DEMO] button to play Songs in

sequence. Playback will repeat continu-

ously, starting again from the first Song

(001).

To stop playback, press the [DEMO] button.

Press the [SONG] button, then use the

Number buttons to select the desired

Song.

Refer to the Song List (page 56).

Press the [START/STOP] button to start

playback.

To stop playback, press the [START/STOP] button

again.

To change the tempo:

Refer to “Changing the Tempo” on page 19.

Adjusting the Song Volume

To adjust the volume balance between Song playback

and keyboard, you can adjust the Song Volume. This

can be set via Function number 002 (page 33).

These demonstration songs showcase the various sounds of the instrument.

Each of these songs has two variations: an easy one which even beginners can practice

with ease, and another more challenging version.

We’ve collected various folk songs from around the world which have been handed down

from through the generations, as well as famous classical pieces. Try playing the melody

of these songs with your right hand.

Enjoy performing a piece with Style accompaniment (automatic accompaniment data).

(Keys to Success is designed so that you master playing the melody with your right hand

first, and then learn the roots of the chords with your left hand.)

These songs feature solo instruments other than piano—letting you enjoy playing other

instrumental voices along with orchestral accompaniment.

These included famous pieces from around the world along with well-known piano

pieces. Enjoy the beautiful, resonant piano sound as you play solo or along with orches-

tral backing.

Songs you record yourself.

Songs transferred from a computer (refer to “Computer-related Operations”—page 4).

Listening to a Demo Song

• You can select a song by using the [+] button after pressing

the [DEMO] button. The [-] button can be used to go back to

the beginning of the selected Song.

Selecting and Playing Back a

Song

NOTE

Elise 1

004

Song name

Song number

Appears after the [Song]

button is pressed.

Playing Songs

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

With the default setting, pressing the [DEMO] button

will play back only three internal Demo Songs repeat-

edly. This setting can be changed so that, for example,

all internal Songs automatically play back, letting you

use the instrument as a background music source.

Hold down the [DEMO] button for longer

than a second.

“DemoGrp” (Function 038; page 35) is shown in

the display for a few seconds, followed by the cur-

rent repeat playback target.

Use the [+] or [-] button to select a play-

back group.

Press the [DEMO] button to start play-

back.

To stop playback, press the [DEMO] button again

or press the [START/STOP] button.

Random Song Playback

When the Demo Group (above) is set to something

other than “Demo,” the playback order via the

[DEMO] button can be changed between numerical

order and random order. To do this, press the [FUNC-

TION] button several times until “PlayMode” (Func-

tion 039;

page 35

) is called up, then select “Normal”

or “Random.”

Like the transport controls on an audio player, this

instrument lets you fast forward (FF), rewind (REW)

and pause (PAUSE) playback of the Song.

You can change a Song’s melody Voice to any other

desired Voice.

Select a Song.

Select the desired Voice.

Press and hold the [VOICE] button for

longer than a second.

“SONG MELODY VOICE” appears in the display

for a few seconds, and the selected Voice replaces

the Song’s original melody Voice.

BGM Playback

Demo Preset songs (001–003)

Preset All preset songs (001–102)

User All User songs (103–107)

Download All songs transferred from a computer (108–)

• When User songs and Download songs data do not

exist, Demo songs are played back.

Hold for longer

than a second.

NOTE

Song Fast Forward, Fast

Reverse, and Pause

• When the A-B repeat is specified, the Fast Reverse and Fast

Forward will only work within the range between A and B.

• [REW], [FF] and [PAUSE] button cannot be used during Song

playback by using the [DEMO] button.

Changing the Melody Voice

• Selecting another Song will cancel the changed Melody

Voice.

• You cannot change the melody Voice of a User Song.

Fast Reverse

During playback, press

this button to rapidly

return to an earlier point

in the Song.

Fast Forward

During playback, press this

button to rapidly skip ahead to

a later point in the Song.

Pause

During playback, press

this button to pause play-

back, and press again to

start from that point.

NOTE

Playing Songs

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

You can play back only a specific section of a Song

repeatedly by setting the A point (start point) and B

point (end point) in one-measure increments.

Start playback of the Song (page 22).

When playback reaches to the point you

want to specify as the start point, press

the [A-B REPEAT] button to set the A

point.

When playback reaches to the point you

want to specify as the end point, press

the [A-B REPEAT] button again to set

the B point.

The specified A-B section of the song will now

play repeatedly.

To cancel repeat playback, press the

[A-B REPEAT] button.

To stop playback, press the [START/STOP] but-

ton.

As indicated above the panel buttons (shown below), a

Song consists of two Parts, which can be turned on or

off individually by pressing the corresponding button,

L or R.

By turning the left- and right-hand parts on or off dur-

ing playback, you can listen to the Part (that is turned

on), or practice the other part (that is turned off) on the

keyboard.

A-B Repeat

• You can also set the A-B Repeat function when the Song

is stopped. Simply use the [REW] and [FF] buttons to

select the desired measures, pressing the [A-B REPEAT]

button for each point, then start playback.

• If you want to set the start point “A” at the top of the

Song, press the [A-B REPEAT] button before starting

playback.

• The A-B Repeat function will be canceled when you

select another Song mode.

Repeat playback of this section

NOTE

Turning Each Part On/Off

• Selecting another Song will cancel the on/off status of the

Parts.

FrereJac

020

010

Lit: Track con-

tains data

Unlit: Track is

muted or con-

tains no data

NOTE

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Playing an External Audio Device with the Built-in Speakers

You can output the sound of an external audio device, such as a portable music player,

with the built-in speakers of this instrument by connecting it via a cable. This lets you

play the keyboard along with playback of your music player.

Turn off the power for both the external

audio device and this instrument.

Connect the audio device to the instru-

ment’s [AUX IN] jack.

Use the cable which has the stereo-mini plug at

one side for connecting to this instrument and the

plug matching the output jack of the external

audio device at the other side.

Turn on the external audio device, then

this instrument.

Play back the connected external audio

device.

The sound of the audio device is output through

the speakers of this instrument.

Adjust the volume balance between the

audio device and this instrument.

In general, the volume should be adjusted on the

connected audio device.

Play the keyboard along with the sound

of the audio device.

After finishing the performance, stop

playback of the audio device.

When the sound of the external audio device is output

through this instrument, you can cancel or lower the

volume of the sound located in the center of stereo

playback. Since most melody parts such as vocal are

located in the center of the stereo sound, you can use

the function to cancel the melody part then practice it

via the keyboard.

Play back the connected external audio

device.

Press the [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] but-

ton to turn it on.

The volume of the sound located in the center of

stereo playback will be canceled or lowered.

Press the [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] but-

ton again to turn it off.

• You can adjust the volume of the sound input via the

[AUX IN] jack from the external audio device. To do this,

hold down the [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] button for lon-

ger than a second to call up “AuxInVol” (Function 003;

page 33), then adjust the value by using the number but-

tons [0]–[9], [+], [-].

Audio device (Portable

audio player, etc.)

Stereo-mini

plug

NOTE

• Before connecting, turn off the power of both this

instrument and the external audio device. Also,

before turning the power on or off, make sure to set

all volume levels to minimum (0). Otherwise, damage

to the devices, electrical shock, or even permanent

hearing loss may occur.

• After connecting, first turn on the power to the exter-

nal audio device then to this instrument. Reverse this

order when you turn the power off.

Using the Melody Suppressor

• Depending on the music, the melody or vocal sound

may not be canceled as expected even if the Melody

Suppressor is turned on.

CAUTION

NOTICE

MelodySP

NOTE

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Using the Song Lesson Feature

You can practice the preset Songs using these lesson functions: “Keys to Success,”

“Listening, Timing, Waiting” and “Phrase Repeat.” Keys to Success helps you master a

Song, whereas Listening, Timing, Waiting helps you first master the timing and then in

playing the correct notes. Phrase Repeat lets you select and repeatedly practice a spe-

cific phrase in the Song. If you’re using a keyboard instrument for the first time, we

suggest you start with Keys to Success. You can refer to the music score in the Song

Book (free downloadable scores). To obtain the Song Book, complete the user registra-

tion at the following website:

https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/

To use the Song Lesson, you need the music score in

the Song Book (free downloadable scores). To obtain

the Song Book, complete the user registration at the

following website:

https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/

In this lesson, you can practice individual phrases in

the Song (with each Step) to effectively master the

entire Song.

Prepare the Song Book.

Download the Song Book from the above website,

or you can refer to the scores of some Songs at the

end of this manual.

The amount of Steps and lesson parts (which are

pre-programmed) will differ depending on the

Song. For details, refer to the Song Book.

Press the [SONG] button, then select a

Song for your lesson.

Here, select song “Für Elise (Basic)” from the

“LEARN TO PLAY” category, then open the cor-

responding page of the Song Book.

Press the [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button

to engage this lesson.

The keyboard icon, “Step 01” and lesson part (“R”

or “L” or “LR”) appears on the display, indicating

that you are to start this lesson from scratch. If you

have already passed several Steps, the next Step

number appears on the display.

Press the [START/STOP] button to start

Lesson.

After the lead-in, playback of the current Step

starts.

Practice the phrase in the current Step.

Referring to the notation in the Song Book and the

notes shown on the display, press the notes.

Downloading the Song Book

Keys To Success

• All preset Songs other than 001–003 can be used with

this mode, especially the “LEARN TO PLAY” category

Songs.

NOTE

Elise 1

004

• For your practice enjoyment, a special arrangement is

applied to each Song. This is why playback tempo may

be slower than original.

Step01

Appears when Keys to

Success is on

Lesson part

: Right-hand lesson

: Left-hand lesson

: Both-hands lesson

Current Step number

Step01

001

NOTE

Using the Song Lesson Feature

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Confirm the evaluation in the current

Step.

When the current Step reaches the end, your per-

formance will be evaluated and your score (from

0–100) is shown in the display.

A score between “0”–“59” indicates that you did

not pass this Step and you should try the same

Step again, which begins automatically. A score of

“60”–“100” indicates that you passed this Step

and you should try the next Step, which begins

automatically.

Execute Step 02, 03, 04, and so on.

In the last Step of each Song, you will practice all

the way through the Song. When you pass all

Steps, the Keys to Success mode will automati-

cally be turned off and playback stops.

To stop this Lesson, press the [KEYS TO

SUCCESS] button.

Confirming the Passing Status

You can confirm the passing status of each Song sim-

ply by selecting a Song and each Step.

When Step is selected

When Song is selected

Clearing the Passing Status

You can clear existing passing status entries for the

entire Song or a specific Step of the Song.

To clear the passing status entries of all Steps:

Select the desired Song then hold down the [KEYS

TO SUCCESS] button for longer than three seconds,

with the Keys to Success mode disabled. A “Cleared”

message will appear on the display.

To clear the passing status entry for a specific

Step:

Select the desired Song, enable Keys to Success,

select the desired Step, then hold down the [KEYS TO

SUCCESS] button for longer than three seconds. A

“Cleared” message will appear on the display.

• If the specified part is both hands, you cannot pass the

Step until you play both hands, even if you play one of

the hands well. Only a message such as “L-part is Nice”

appears in the display.

• Even during lesson, you can select another Step by

using the [+]/[-] buttons.

Excellen

068

Displayed when you’ve passed

the Step.

NOTE

• This operation cannot be executed during playback.

Step01

001

✩ : Passed

No information: Not yet passed

Elise 1

004

001

✩✩✩ : There are one or more Steps not yet

passed in addition to the last Step

✩✩✩ : Only last Step passed

✩✩✩ : All Steps passed other than last Step

✩✩✩ : All Steps passed

NOTE

Using the Song Lesson Feature

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Lesson 1—Listening

In this Lesson, you need not play the keyboard. The

model melody/chords of the part you selected will

sound. Listen to it carefully and remember it well.

Lesson 2—Timing

In this Lesson, simply concentrate on playing the

notes with the correct timing. Even if you play wrong

notes, the correct notes shown in the display will

sound.

Lesson 3—Waiting

In this Lesson, try playing the correct notes shown on

the display. The Song pauses until you play the right

note, and playback tempo will change to match the

speed at which you are playing at.

Press the [SONG] button then select a

Song for your lesson.

Press either or both the [R] and [L] but-

tons to select the part you want to prac-

tice.

Press the [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING

3 WAITING] button to start playback of

the Song Lesson.

After starting playback, pressing this button

repeatedly will change the Lesson number from

1: LISTENING  2: TIMING  3: WAITING 

off  1…. Press this button until the desired num-

ber is shown on the display.

When Lesson playback reaches to the

end, check your evaluation Grade on the

display.

“2 Timing” and “3 Waiting” will evaluate your

performance in four levels.

After the evaluation display has appeared, the les-

son will start again from the beginning.

Stop the Lesson mode.

You can stop the Lesson mode at any time by

pressing the [START/STOP] button.

Listening, Timing and Waiting

• If you want to keep a steady playback tempo maintained dur-

ing Lesson 3: Waiting, set the Your Tempo parameter to OFF

via the Function number 037 (page 35).

• The Song Lesson can be applied also to the Songs

(SMF format 0 only) transferred from a computer (page

36), but cannot be applied to the User Songs.

• In this step, “No LPart” may appear, indicating that the

current Song does not contain a left-hand part.

NOTE

RightLeft

BothHand

Left-hand

lesson

Right-hand

lesson

Both-hands

lesson

NOTE

• During playback, you can change the Lesson mode by

pressing this button, and you can stop the Lesson at any

time by pressing the [START/STOP] button.

• When the melody Voice of the Song is changed, the key

position shown in the display may be shifted (in octave

units), depending on the selected Voice.

• The Dual or Split mode cannot be engaged during les-

sons.

NOTE

~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~

~~~~

Excellent

Very Good

Good

NOTE

Using the Song Lesson Feature

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

You can combine the Keys to Success lesson (page

26) with the Listening, Timing or Waiting lesson

(page 28).

Enable the Keys to Success lesson.

Refer to Steps 1–3 on page 26.

Select the desired Step via the [+]/[-]

buttons, then press the [1 LISTENING

2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button repeatedly

to select the desired lesson.

The selected lesson playback starts under the Keys

to Success mode. Practice the phrase of the current

Step via the selected Lesson. As evaluation for

each Step, just “Timing is Nice” or “Play key is

Nice” appears, and the passing status is not avail-

able.

To return to only the Keys to Success

mode, press the [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING

3 WAITING] button repeatedly to select

“off.”

To exit from the Lesson mode, press the

[KEYS TO SUCCESS] button.

You can practice a difficult phrase repeatedly by select-

ing a specific number of the Phrase Marks pre-pro-

grammed in the Preset Songs. You can confirm the

Phrase Mark location in the Song Book (page 4).

Practicing only a single Phrase

During Song playback, press the [PHRASE REPEAT]

button at the phrase you want to practice. The corre-

sponding Phrase number will appear in the display

and, after a lead-in, repeat playback will start. Turn off

the L or R part, then practice the phrase repeatedly

until you are satisfied.

Even during repeat playback, you can select any other

phrase number via the [+] or [-] button, and you can

return to normal playback by pressing the [PHRASE

REPEAT] button again.

Using Phrase Repeat with Listening,

Timing or Waiting

With Phrase Repeat set to On, press the [1 LISTEN-

ING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button once, twice or

three times to start and use Lesson playback with

Phrase Repeat. Pressing the same button again several

times to exit from the Lesson mode stops playback

and allows use of just the Phrase Repeat mode.

Practicing two or more Phrases

By setting Phrase A (as the start point) and Phrase B (as

the end point), you can practice two or more Phrases

repeatedly. During Phrase Repeat playback, press the

[A-B REPEAT] button to assign the current Phrase to

Phrase A. When playback reaches to the desired Phrase,

press the [A-B REPEAT] button again to assign Phrase

B. “A-B Rep” appears on the display, and Repeat play-

back between Phrases A and B starts. To cancel this set-

ting, press the [A-B REPEAT] button again.

Keys to Success with Listening,

Timing or Waiting

Phrase Repeat

Phrase mark

Repeat playback of this

section

• In this status, the evaluation function is not available.

• You can set Phrases A and B also when playback is stopped

by selecting the Phrase number via the [+] and [-] buttons.

• Specifying only Point A results in repeat playback between

Point A and the end of the Song.

REPEAT

P03

Appears when the Phrase

Repeat function is on

Phrase number

NOTE

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Recording Your Performance

You can record up to 5 of your performances as User Songs (User 1–5: Song numbers

103–107). The recorded User Songs can be played back on the instrument.

You can record your performance to the following two

tracks of a User Song individually or simultaneously.

Track 1:

Your melody performance is recorded to this track.

Track 2:

Your melody performance, or Style playback (Chord

changes and Section changes), is recorded to this

track.

Recording Data Capacity:

A total of approximately 10,000 notes or 5,500 chord

changes can be recorded to the five User Songs.

The operation is convenient for recording a new Song

without having to specify a track.

Make the desired settings such as Voice

and Style settings.

If you want to record only the melody perfor-

mance, turn ACMP off (page 17). If you want to

record Style playback as well as melody perfor-

mance, turn ACMP on (page 17).

Press the [REC] button to enable the

Record mode.

On the display, the lowest-numbered unrecorded User

Song (“User 1”–“User 5”) appears. If you want to select

another Song, use the [+] and [-] buttons.

To exit from the Record mode, press the [REC]

button again to stop flashing on the display.

Play the keyboard to start recording.

If ACMP is turned on, you can independently

record just the rhythm sound of Style playback by

pressing the [START/STOP] button then changing

the Section (page 19).

Press the [START/STOP] button to stop

recording.

When using a Style, you can stop recording also

by pressing the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button then

waiting until playback ends.

To play back the recorded Song, press

the [START/STOP] button.

Track Structure of a Song

Quick Recording

• If all User Songs contain recorded data, “User 1” will

automatically be selected. In this case, you will record

over and erase any previous data in “User 1,” so be

careful that you won’t be erasing any material you

want to keep!

• ACMP cannot be turned on or off in this status while you

can select another Style in this status by using the

[STYLE] and Number buttons.

• After Recording stops, a “Writing!” message is shown

on the display for a while. Never attempt to turn the

power off while this is shown in the display. Doing so

can damage the internal memory and result in a loss

of data.

User 1

rEC

001

User Song Number

Flashes

NOTICE

NOTE

36 48

7260

Split point

NOTICE

Recording Your Performance

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Make the desired settings, such as

those of Voice or Style.

If you want to record the melody performance,

turn ACMP off (page 17). If you want to record

Style playback, turn ACMP on (page 17).

While holding down the [REC] button,

press the desired Track button 1 or 2 to

engage the Record mode.

If you want to record Style playback, make sure to

select the Track 2. If you want to record melody

performance, select either Track 1 or Track 2 as

desired. The illustration below is the example

when selecting Track 2.

Press the [+], [-] buttons to select the

User Song you want to record.

If Track 2 is selected as Recording target for

example and Track 1 contains already recorded

data, L flashes and R lights in the display. Turning

on or off R via the [TRACK 1] button will deter-

mine whether you listen to a previously recorded

Track or not while recording a new Track.

Same as in Steps 3 to 5 (page 30) in

“Quick Recording.”

Press the [SONG] button then select the

desired User Song by using the Number

buttons.

Press and hold the [REC] button for lon-

ger than a second.

A confirmation message appears.

To cancel the operation, press the [-/NO] button.

Press the [+/YES] button.

A confirmation message appears again.

To cancel the operation, press the [-/NO] button.

Press the [+/YES] button to clear the

Song.

A “Writing!” message appears while the track is

being cleared.

Recording to a Specified Track

Limitations while Recording

• You cannot record the Reverb Level, metronome

click, or the Transpose and Tuning settings.

• The following settings and buttons are not available,

or if operated, the new settings cannot be recorded:

ACMP ON/OFF, Split Point, Reverb Type, Chorus

Type, Harmony Type, [FUNCTION] button, [POR-

TABLE GRAND] button.

User 1

rEC

001

Clearing a User Song

ClrUser1

YES

Hold for longer

than a second.

Sure?

YES

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Memorizing Your Favorite Panel Settings

This instrument has a Registration Memory feature that

lets you memorize your favorite settings for easy recall

whenever they’re needed. Up to nine complete setups can

be memorized and assigned to each number button 1–9.

Make the desired settings such as those

for Voice and Style.

Press and hold down the [REGIST MEM-

ORY] button for longer than a second.

“MemNo.?” appears on the display.

Press one of the [1]–[9] buttons to mem-

orize the current panel settings.

If you select a Registration Memory number that

already contains data, an “Overwr?” message

appears in the display. To overwrite, press the

[+/YES] button; to cancel, press [-/NO].

Press the [REGIST MEMORY] button.

“LoadNo.?” appears on the display.

Press one of the [1]–[9] buttons to call

up the panel settings you memorized.

The recalled REGIST MEMORY number appears

in the display for a few seconds.

The REGIST MEMORY number can be changed

by pressing one of the other [1]–[9] buttons.

Memorizing Panel Settings to

the Registration Memory

• If you select a Registration Memory number that

already contains data, the previous data is deleted

and overwritten by the new data.

• Do not turn off the power while memorizing settings

to the Registration Memory, otherwise the data may

be damaged or lost.

MemNo.?

Hold for longer

than a second.

NOTICE

Recalling Panel Settings from

the Registration Memory

Parameters that can be memorized to Registra-

tion Memory

Style settings*

Style number, ACMP on/off, Split Point, Style volume,

Tempo, Main A/B

Voice settings

Main Voice settings: Voice number and all settings of

the related Functions

Dual Voice settings: Dual on/off and all settings of the

related Functions

Split Voice settings: Split on/off and all settings of the

related Functions



Effect settings:

Reverb Type, Reverb level, Chorus Type

Harmony settings: Harmony on/off and all settings of

the related Functions



Other settings:

Sustain on/off, Transpose

* Available only when a Style is selected

LoadNo.?

REGIST 1

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

The Functions

The Functions settings provide access to a range of detailed instrument parameters

such as Tuning, Split Point, Voices and Effects.

Press the [FUNCTION] button several

times until the desired item appears.

Each time the [FUNCTION] button is pressed, the

Function number increases one by one. You can

also decrease the Function number by one when

you press the [-] button briefly while holding

down the [FUNCTION] button.

After a few seconds, the Function name may be

replaced with the setting value depending on the

selected Function.

Set the value by using the number but-

tons [0]–[9], [+], [-].

• The Function number does not appear in the display

during Song, Style or metronome playback. The beat

value appears instead.

001

StyleVol

100

Current value

Function number

Function name

NOTE

• To exit the Function settings, press one of these buttons;

[SONG], [VOICE], [STYLE] or [GRAND PIANO].

Direct numeric

entry.

• Increment

value by 1.

•Yes

•On

Press simultaneously

to recall the default

setting.

• Decrement

value by 1.

•No

•Off

NOTE

Function List

Function

Number

Function name Display Range/Settings Default Value Descriptions

Vol ume

001 Style Volume StyleVol 000–127 100 Determines the volume of the Style. (page 17)

002 Song Volume SongVol 000–127 100 Determines the volume of the Song. (page 22)

003 AUX IN Volume AuxInVol 000–127 100

Determines the volume of the external audio device connected to

the instrument’s [AUX IN] jack. (page 25)

Overall

004 Transpose Transpos -12–12 0 Determines the pitch of the instrument in semitone increments.

005 Tuning Tuning 427.0Hz–453.0Hz 440.0Hz

Determines the fine tuning of the pitch of the entire instrument in

approx. 0.2Hz increments.

006 Split Point SplitPnt 036–096 (C1–C6) 54 (F#2)

Determines the highest key for the Split Voice and sets the Split

“point”—in other words, the key that separates the Split (lower)

and Main (upper) Voices. The Split Point setting and Accompani-

ment Split Point setting are automatically set to the same value.

007 Touch Sensitivity TouchSns

1 (Soft),

2 (Medium),

3 (Hard),

4 (Off)

2 (Medium)

Higher values produce greater (easier) volume variation in

response to keyboard dynamics. When 4 (Off) is selected, Touch

Response is off and the volume level does not change at all

regardless of whether you play the keyboard soft or hard.

Style file

008 Style Register StyleReg 001–nnn –

Select and register a Style file from flash files that are loaded from

computer (page 18).

The Functions

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Main Voice (page 14)

009 Volume M.Volume 000–127 * Determines the volume of the Main Voice.

010 Octave M.Octave -2 – +2 * Determines the octave range for the Main Voice.

011 Chorus Depth M.Chorus 000–127 *

Determines how much of the Main Voice’s signal is sent to the

Chorus effect.

Dual Voice (page 15)

012 Dual Voice D.Voice 001–550 * Selects a Dual Voice.

013 Volume D.Volume 000–127 * Determines the volume of the Dual Voice.

014 Octave D.Octave -2 – +2 * Determines the octave range for the Dual Voice.

015 Chorus Depth D.Chorus 000–127 *

Determines how much of the Dual Voice’s signal is sent to the

Chorus effect.

Split Voice (page 15)

016 Split Voice S.Voice 001–550 45 (FngrBass) Selects a Split Voice.

017 Volume S.Volume 000–127 * Determines the volume of the Split Voice.

018 Octave S.Octave -2 – +2 * Determines the octave range for the Split Voice.

019 Chorus Depth S.Chorus 000–127 *

Determines how much of the Split Voice’s signal is sent to the

Chorus effect.

Effects

020 Reverb Type Reverb 01–10 ** Determines the Reverb type, including off (10). (page 59)

021 Reverb Level RevLevel 000–127 64

Determines how much of the Voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb

effect.

022 Chorus Type Chorus 01–05 ** Determines the Chorus type, including off (05). (page 59)

023 Sustain Sustain ON/OFF OFF Determines whether the Sustain function is on or off.

024 Master EQ Type MasterEQ

1 (Speaker)

2 (Headphone)

3 (Boost)

4 (Piano)

5 (Bright)

6 (Mild)

1 (Speaker)

Sets the equalizer applied to the speaker output for optimum

sound in different listening situations. (page 12)

025 Wide Type Wide

1 (Wide1)

2 (Wide2)

3 (Wide3)

2 (Wide2)

Determines the Ultra-Wide Stereo type.

Higher values produce a greater Wide effect. (page 15)

Harmony (page 16)

026 Harmony Type HarmType 01–26 *

Determines the Harmony type.

Refer to the Harmony Type list on page 59.

027 Harmony Volume HarmVol 000–127 *

Determines the volume of the Harmony effect when one of the

Harmony types 1–5 is selected.

Computer (page 35)

028 PC mode PC mode PC1/PC2/OFF OFF

Optimizes the MIDI settings when you connect to a computer

(page 35).

MIDI

029 Local Control Local ON/OFF ON

Determines whether the instrument’s keyboard controls the inter-

nal tone generator (ON) or not (OFF). When you record your key-

board performance to the application software on the computer

via MIDI, set this parameter to OFF.

030 External Clock ExtClock ON/OFF OFF

Determines whether the instrument synchronizes to the internal

clock (OFF) or an external clock (ON). When you record your key-

board performance to the application software on the computer

via MIDI, set this parameter to ON.

031 Initial Send InitSend YES/NO –

Lets you send the data of the panel settings to a computer. Press

[+/YES] to send, or press [-/NO] to cancel. This operation should

be done immediately after starting the Recording operation on the

computer.

Metronome (page 14)

032

Time Signature

Numerator

TimeSigN 00–60 ** Determines the time signature of the Metronome.

033

Time Signature

Denominator

TimeSigD

Half note, Quarter

note, Eighth note,

Sixteenth note

** Determines the length of each metronome beat.

034 Metronome Volume MetroVol 000–127 100 Determines the volume of the Metronome.

Function

Number

Function name Display Range/Settings Default Value Descriptions

The Functions

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

* The appropriate value is automatically set for each Voice combination.

** The appropriate value is automatically set for each Song or Style.

PC Mode (FUNCTION 028)

The PC settings instantly reconfigure all important MIDI settings (as shown below).

* An expanded version of the PC2 setting is for future use.

** Cannot be set independently.

Lesson (page 26)

035 Lesson Track (R) R-Part GuideTrack1–16, OFF 1

Determines the guide track number for your right hand lesson.

The setting is only effective for Songs in SMF format 0 transferred

from a computer.

036 Lesson Track (L) L-Part GuideTrack1–16, OFF 2

Determines the guide track number for your left hand lesson. The

setting is only effective for Songs in SMF format 0 transferred from

a computer.

037 Your Tempo YourTemp ON/OFF ON

This parameter is for the Lesson 3 “Waiting.” When set to ON,

playback tempo will change for matching the speed you are play-

ing at. When set to OFF, playback tempo will be maintained

regardless of the speed you are playing at.

Demo (page 22)

038 Demo Group DemoGrp

1 (Demo)

2 (Preset)

3 (User)

4 (Download)

1 (Demo) Determines the repeat playback group.

039 Demo Play Mode PlayMode

1 (Normal)

2 (Random)

1 (Normal) Determines the repeat playback mode.

040 Demo Cancel D-Cancel ON/OFF OFF

Determines whether Demo cancel is enabled or not. When this is

set to ON, the Demo Song will not play, even if the [DEMO] button

is pressed.

Auto Power Off (page 12)

041 Auto Power Off Time AutoOff

OFF, 5/10/15/30/60/

120 (minutes)

30 minutes

Specifies the time that will elapse before the instrument’s power is

automatically turned off.

Battery (page 11)

042 Battery Type Battery

1 (Alkaline)

2 (Ni-MH)

1 (Alkaline)

Selects the type of batteries you have installed to this instrument.

Alkaline: Alkaline battery/manganese battery

Ni-MH: Rechargeable battery

Function

Number

Function name Display Range/Settings Default Value Descriptions

PC1 PC2* OFF

LOCAL Off Off On

EXTERNAL CLOCK On Off Off

MIDI TRANSMIT OF SONG ** No No Yes

MIDI TRANSMIT OF STYLE ** No No Yes

MIDI TRANSMIT OF KEYBOARD ** No Yes Yes

• MIDI Transmit of Song can be used with User Songs.

NOTE

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Using with a Computer or iPad/iPhone

This instrument supports MIDI (Musical Instrument

Digital Interface) and can transmit/receive keyboard

performance information (MIDI messages) or Song/

Style data (MIDI files) to/from the computer con-

nected via a USB cable. For details on using a com-

puter with this instrument, refer to the “Computer-

related Operations” (page 4) on the website.

By connecting your iPad/iPhone to the instrument,

you can take advantage of various functions. To make

connections, prepare the optional i-UX1, then refer to

the “iPhone/iPad Connection Manual” (page 4) on the

website.

Backup and Initialization

The following Backup parameters will be maintained

even if the power is turned off.

In addition to the Backup parameters above, all the

data (including Style data that have not been loaded)

transferred from the connected computer will be

maintained even if you turn off the power.

You can initialize your original data via the following

two methods.

Backup Clear

This operation initializes the backup parameters.

While holding down the highest white key, press the

[ ] (Standby/On) switch to turn the power on.

Flash Clear

This operation deletes all the Songs and Styles that

have been transferred from a computer. Note that

Style data registered to Style numbers 137 will be

maintained. While simultaneously holding the highest

white key and the three highest black keys, press the

[ ] (Standby/On) switch to turn the power on.

Connecting to a computer

• If you transfer the Style file from the computer to this instru-

ment, you need to register it to this instrument for Style play-

back.

USB cable

USB

terminal

instrumentcomputer

USB

terminal

NOTE

Data that can be transferred from a computer to

this instrument (and vice versa).

• Song: (.mid) SMF format 0/1

• Style: (.sty)

• Backup File: PSR-E343.BUP *

* Backup parameters other than “Passing status of Song and

Step” can be transferred and saved to a computer via Music-

soft Downloader as a single Backup file.

Connecting an iPad/iPhone

• This instrument can transfer/load up to a maximum of 256

Song files.

NOTE

Backup Parameters

Backup parameters

• User Songs (page 30)

• Style Number 137 (page 18)

• Registration Memory (page 32)

• Passing status of Song and Step (page 27)

• FUNCTION Settings: (page 33)

Tuning, Split Point, Touch Sensitivity, Style Volume,

Song Volume, Metronome Volume, Your Tempo,

Demo Group, Demo Play Mode, Demo Cancel,

Master EQ type, Panel Sustain, Auto Power Off,

Battery Type

Initialization

• Keep in mind that this operation also deletes the data you

have purchased. Be sure to save the important data to a

computer via Musicsoft Downloader (MSD) software. For

details, refer to “Computer-related Operations” (page 4).

NOTICE

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause and Solution

When the instrument is turned on or off, a popping

sound is temporarily produced.

This is normal and indicates that the instrument is receiving electrical power.

When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile phone in close proximity to the instrument may produce inter-

ference. To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it further away from

the instrument.

Noise is heard from the instrument’s speakers or head-

phones when using the instrument with the application

on iPhone/iPad.

When you use the instrument along with the application on your iPhone/iPad,

we recommend that you set “Airplane Mode” to “ON” on your iPhone/iPad in

order to avoid noise caused by communication.

There is no sound even when the keyboard is played or

when a song or style is being played back.

Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the rear

panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack, no sound is output.

Check the Local Control on/off setting. (See page 34 Function 029.)

Playing keys in the right hand area of the keyboard does

not produce any sound.

When using the Dictionary function (page 21), the keys in the right hand area

are used only for entering the chord root and type.

Not all of the voices seem to sound, or the sound seems

to be cut off.

The instrument is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes—including Dual

voice, Split Voice, auto accompaniment, song, and Metronome.

Notes exceeding this limit will not sound.

The harmony doesn’t sound. The method of sounding the harmony effect (01–26) differs depending on the

selected type. For Types 01–05, turn the Auto Accompaniment on and play it

by pressing a chord in the auto accompaniment section of the keyboard, then

play some keys in the right-hand side to get the harmony effect. For Types 06–

26, turning auto accompaniment on or off has no effect. However, it is neces-

sary to play two notes simultaneously for Types 06–12.

The Style or Song does not play back when the [START/

STOP] button is pressed.

Is External Clock set to ON? Make sure External Clock is set to OFF; refer to

“Function Settings” on page 34 (Function 030).

The ACMP ON indicator does not appear when the

[ACMP ON/OFF] button is pressed.

Always press the [STYLE] button first when you are going to use any Style-

related function.

The Style does not sound properly. Make sure that the Style Volume (page 33 Function 001) is set to an appropri-

ate level.

Is the Split Point set to an appropriate key for the chords you are playing? Set

the Split Point to an appropriate key (page 33 Function 006).

Is the “ACMP ON” indicator showing in the display? If it is not showing, press

the [ACMP ON/OFF] button so that it does show.

The Style does not sound as you play a chord. • The auto accompaniment will sometimes not change when related chords

are played in sequence (e.g., some minor chords followed by the minor sev-

enth).

• Two-note fingerings will produce a chord based on the previously played

chord.

• Playing two same root keys in the adjacent octaves produces accompani-

ment based only on the root.

The footswitch (for sustain) seems to produce the oppo-

site effect. For example, pressing the footswitch cuts off

the sound and releasing it sustains the sounds.

The polarity of the footswitch is reversed. Make sure that the footswitch plug is

properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power.

The sound of the voice changes from note to note. This is normal. The AWM tone generation method uses multiple recordings

(samples) of an instrument across the range of the keyboard; thus, the actual

sound of the voice may be slightly different from note to note.

• The volume is too soft.

• The sound quality is poor.

• The rhythm stops unexpectedly or will not play.

• The recorded data of the song, etc. does not play cor-

rectly.

• The LCD display suddenly goes dark, and all panel

settings are reset.

The batteries are low or dead. Replace all six batteries with completely new

ones, or use the optional AC adaptor.

Power suddenly and unexpectedly turns off. This is normal and the Auto Power Off function may have been activated

(page 12). If you need to disable the Auto Power Off function, select “Off” in

the Function settings (page 35 Function 041).

Appendix

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song Book Sample

This score is provided with the part of the song book (free downloadable scores).

The song book contains not only the scores for all internal songs (excepting Songs 1–3) but also music terms and

important points for your practice. To obtain the Song Book, complete the user registration at the following website.

* The Song book is provided in English, French, German and Spanish.

This example introduces part of the English song book.

Yamaha Online Member https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/

Für Elise

Für Elise is an all-time classical favorite.

The beautiful, well-known melody is repeated a number of times.

In each step you won’t be practicing alone. You have a wonderful orchestra to back you up!

First, listen to the example a few times. It won’t be long before you’ll want to start playing it yourself!

Für Elise With Step Map

.......................................................................12

Song No.004

Basic

Warm-up Exercise - “The Semitone Mystery” ....................................14

Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 15

Warm-up Exercise - “Basic Accompaniment” .....................................16

Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 16

First Half Review ...................................................................... 17

Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 17

Warm-up Exercise - “The Jump Competition” .................................... 18

“EEEEE!” ................................................................................ 18

“Left! Right! Left! Right!” ............................................................ 19

Second Half Review ................................................................... 19

Play the Whole Song! ................................................................. 19

L. v. Beethoven

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Before Playing...

Sit Correctly Finger Numbering

Left Right

Sit near the middle of the keyboard.

Reading the Score

The Keyboard, Staff Lines, and Clef

BDEFGACBDEFGA BDCEFGAC BDEFGACBDEFGACC

Treble clef

Bass clef

Time Signatures and Counting Time

4/4 time 2/2 time 2/4 time

3/4 time 6/8 time 9/8 time

1 octave

2 black keys 3 black keys

Accidentals



(Sharp) Raise a semitone

B

(Flat) Lower a semitone

N

(Natural) Return to normal pitch

Key signature

Clef

Time signature

Notes and Rests

Whole note

Dotted half note

Half note

Dotted quarter note

Quarter note

Eighth note

Sixteenth note





Whole note rest

Dotted half note rest

Half note rest

Dotted quarter note rest

Quarter note rest

Eighth note rest

Sixteenth note rest

























1234

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004

Play with both hands as if gently telling a story. It might help to sing or hum the melody as you play.

Similar melody lines and rhythms are repeated in this song, so there aren’t as many sections to practice as

you might think. Enjoy learning each section as you build proﬁciency.

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

With Step Map

From here...

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

...to here From here...

...to here

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

Warm-up Exercise - “The Semitone Mystery”

Let’s start with a warm-up exercise using three ﬁngers of the right hand.

We’ll start by ascending and descending the white and black keys. Check out the

illustrations until you understand how the fingers are supposed to move, then get

started!

You’ll ﬁnd it easier to play if you bend your ﬁngers slightly.

Right

Tip-toe

ABCD

A E

Go back to the beginning and play it again.

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

Diligent Practice Time

Right! Now that we’re warmed up let’s try playing along with the orchestra in 3/4 time.

The melody will be built up little by little.

Compare each line... notice that many of the shapes formed by the notes are very similar.

Short break

Almost done

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

Warm-up Exercise - “Basic Accompaniment”

And now a warm-up exercise for the left hand.

It’s important to spread your ﬁngers widely from the start.

Don’t play the black keys too strongly.

Left hand

AEAE

Diligent Practice Time

Connect the notes smoothly, as if the left hand were passing them to the right hand. You’ll be able to play

smoothly if you move the left hand into position for the next phrase as soon as it ﬁnishes playing the ﬁrst

phrase.

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

Diligent Practice Time

OK, let’s begin the second half!

You’ll be able to play the melody nicely if you lift your ﬁngers from the keyboard between the slurs.

It might be easier to grasp the key release timing if you sing along with the melody.

Don’t panic and play too strongly where the left hand has to play short notes.

First Half Review

You’ve reached the halfway step! Have you learned all the material provided in the preceding steps?

Now let’s go back and play through all the first-half exercises. If you find that you’re having trouble

playing any of the material, go back and review the steps using the Step Map as a guide.

Always have left-hand ﬁnger 5 ready to play the next note!

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

EEE

Jump to the

next E!

And again!

Warm-up Exercise - “The Jump Competition”

The ﬁrst note has a staccato dot.

Spread your ﬁngers wide and jump quickly to the next note!

Left hand

“EEEEE!”

The only note in this step is E!

Make the connection between the left and right hands as smooth as possible.

Song Book Sample

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

Left

Right

Für Elise

Song No.004

Basic

“Left! Right! Left! Right!”

Play “D



E” repeatedly, alternating the left and right hands.

Have the next hand ready in position to play D



so you won’t have to rush.

Second Half Review

Try playing all the way through the second half.

As we did after the ﬁrst half, if there are places you can’t play with conﬁdence go back and review the steps.

Play the Whole Song!

This is the ﬁnishing step!

Don’t be afraid of making mistakes. Just concentrate on playing the entire song from start to finish.

Practice this with the lessons learned in each step in mind, and gradually you’ll master the whole song.

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Voice List

Maximum Polyphony

The instrument has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means

that it can play a maximum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless

of what functions are used. Auto accompaniment uses a number

of the available notes, so when auto accompaniment is used the

total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is

correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice and

Song functions. If the maximum polyphony is exceeded, earlier

played notes will be cut off and the most recent notes have

priority (last note priority).

• The Voice List includes MIDI program change numbers for each

voice. Use these program change numbers when playing the

instrument via MIDI from an external device.

• Program Numbers 001 to 128 directly relate to MIDI Program

Change Numbers 000 to 127. That is, Program Numbers and Pro-

gram Change Numbers differ by a value of 1. Remember to take

this into consideration.

• Some voices may sound continuously or have a long decay after

the notes have been released while the sustain pedal (footswitch)

is held.

NOTE

Panel Voice List

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice Name

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

PIANO

1 0 112 1 Grand Piano

2 0 112 2 Bright Piano

3 0 112 7 Harpsichord

4 0 112 4 Honky-tonk Piano

5 0 112 3 MIDI Grand Piano

601133CP 80

E.PIANO

7 0 114 5 Cool! Galaxy Electric Piano

8 0 113 6 Hyper Tines

9 0 112 5 Funky Electric Piano

10 0 112 6 DX Modern Electric Piano

11 0 114 6 Venus Electric Piano

12 0 112 8 Clavi

ORGAN

13 0 118 19 Cool! Organ

14 0 117 19 Cool! Rotor Organ

15 0 112 17 Jazz Organ 1

16 0 113 17 Jazz Organ 2

17 0 112 19 Rock Organ

18 0 114 19 Purple Organ

19 0 112 18 Click Organ

20 0 116 17 Bright Organ

21 0 127 19 Theater Organ

22 0 121 20 16'+2' Organ

23 0 120 20 16'+4' Organ

24 0 113 20 Chapel Organ

25 0 112 20 Pipe Organ

26 0 112 21 Reed Organ

ACCORDION

27 0 112 22 Musette Accordion

28 0 113 22 Traditional Accordion

29 0 113 24 Bandoneon

30 0 113 23 Modern Harp

31 0 112 23 Harmonica

GUITAR

32 0 116 25 Dynamic Nylon Guitar

33 0 118 30 Dynamic Overdriven

34 0 112 25 Classical Guitar

35 0 112 26 Folk Guitar

36 0 112 27 Jazz Guitar

37 0 117 28 60s Clean Guitar

38 0 113 26 12Strings Guitar

39 0 112 28 Clean Guitar

40 0 113 27 Octave Guitar

41 0 112 29 Muted Guitar

42 0 112 30 Overdriven Guitar

43 0 112 31 Distortion Guitar

BASS

44 0 116 34 Dynamic Electric Bass

45 0 112 34 Finger Bass

46 0 112 33 Acoustic Bass

47 0 112 35 Pick Bass

48 0 112 36 Fretless Bass

49 0 112 37 Slap Bass

50 0 121 40 Funk Bass

51 0 112 39 Synth Bass

52 0 113 39 Hi-Q Bass

53 0 113 40 Dance Bass

STRINGS

54 0 112 49 String Ensemble

55 0 112 50 Chamber Strings

56 0 115 50 Marcato Strings

57 0 113 50 Slow Strings

58 0 112 45 Tremolo Strings

59 0 112 51 Synth Strings

60 0 112 46 Pizzicato Strings

61 0 112 41 Violin

62 0 112 43 Cello

63 0 112 44 Contrabass

64 0 112 47 Harp

65 0 112 56 Orchestra Hit

CHOIR

66 0 112 53 Choir

67 0 113 53 Vocal Ensemble

68 0 112 55 Air Choir

69 0 112 54 Vox Humana

SAXOPHONE

70 0 112 67 Tenor Sax

71 0 112 66 Alto Sax

72 0 112 65 Soprano Sax

73 0 112 68 Baritone Sax

74 0 114 67 Breathy Tenor Sax

75 0 116 66 Sax Ensemble

76 0 112 72 Clarinet

77 0 112 69 Oboe

78 0 112 70 English Horn

79 0 112 71 Bassoon

TRUMPET

80 0 112 57 Trumpet

81 0 112 58 Trombone

82 0 113 58 Trombone Section

83 0 112 60 Muted Trumpet

84 0 112 61 French Horn

85 0 112 59 Tuba

BRASS

86 0 112 62 Brass Section

87 0 113 62 Big Band Brass

88 0 116 62 Octave Brass

89 0 113 63 80s Brass

90 0 119 62 Mellow Horns

91 0 115 63 Funky Brass

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice N am e

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

Voice List

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

* When you select a Voice of the DUAL category, two voices

sound at the same time.

92 0 114 63 Techno Brass

93 0 112 63 Synth Brass

FLUTE

94 0 114 74 Sweet! Flute

95 0 112 74 Flute

96 0 112 73 Piccolo

97 0 112 76 Pan Flute

98 0 112 75 Recorder

99 0 112 80 Ocarina

SYNTH

100 0 112 81 Square Lead

101 0 112 82 Sawtooth Lead

102 0 108 82 RS Tech Saw

103 0 112 88 Under Heim

104 0 112 85 Portatone

105 0 115 82 Analogon

106 0 119 82 Fargo

107 0 112 86 Voice Lead

108 0 121 82 Funky Lead

109 0 118 89 Sweet Heaven

110 0 121 89 Dream Heaven

111 0 113 89 Symbiont

112 0 112 9 9 St a r D u st

113 0 112 101 Br ig ht ne ss

114 0 112 92 Xenon Pad

115 0 112 95 Equinox

116 0 112 8 9 Fa nt as ia

117 0 113 9 0 Da r k M o on

118 0 113 101 Bell Pad

119 0 126 90 RS Analog Pad

120 0 116 91 RS Short Resonance

PERCUSSION

121 0 112 12 Vibraphone

122 0 112 13 Marimba

123 0 112 14 Xylophone

124 0 112 115 Steel Drums

125 0 112 9 Celesta

126 0 112 11 Music Box

127 0 112 15 Tubular Bells

128 0 112 48 Timpani

129 0 116 117 Tabla

WORLD

130 0 112 106 Banjo

131 0 0 111 Fiddle

132 0 0 110 Bagpipe

133 0 0 16 Dulcimer

134 0 35 16 Dulcimer 2

135 0 115 111 Er Hu

136 0 117 74 Di Zi

137 0 116 106 Pi Pa

138 0 113 108 Gu Zheng

139 0 120 111 Morin Khuur

140 0 113 21 Harmonium 1 (Single Reed)

141 0 114 21 Harmonium 2 (Double Reed)

142 0 115 21 Harmonium 3 (Triple Reed)

143 0 114 105 Tanpura

144 0 0 105 Sitar

145 0 32 105 Detuned Sitar

146 0 97 16 Santur

147 0 0 112 Shanai

148 0 98 106 Oud

149 0 97 108 Kanoon

150 0 0 109 Kalimba

151 0 0 107 Shamisen

152 0 0 108 Koto

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice Name

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

DUAL*

153 – – – Octave Piano

154 – – – Piano & Strings

155 – – – Piano Pad

156 – – – Octave Harpsichord

157 – – – Tiny Electric Piano

158 – – – E.P. Pad

159 – – – Full Organ

160 – – – Octave Jazz Guitar

161 – – – Octave Strings

162 – – – Orchestra Section

163 – – – Octave Pizzicato Strings

164 – – – Strings Session

165 – – – Brass Tutti

166 – – – Orchestra Tutti

167 – – – Octave French Horns

168 – – – Octave Harp

169 – – – Orchestra Hit & Timpani

170 – – – Octave Choir

171 – – – Jazz Brass Section

172 – – – Jazz Section

173 – – – Ballroom Sax Ensemble

174 – – – Ballroom Brass

175 – – – Flute & Clarinet

176 – – – Trumpet & Trombone

177 – – – Fat Synth Brass

178 – – – Octave Lead

179 – – – Super 5th Lead

SOUND EFFECTS

1800 0121Fret Noise

181 0 0 122 Breath Noise

1820 0123Seashore

183 0 0 124 Bird Tweet

184 0 0 125 Telephone Ring

185 0 0 126 Helicopter

186 0 0 127 Applause

1870 0128Gunshot

DRUM KITS

188 127 0 1 Standard Kit 1

189 127 0 2 Standard Kit 2

190 127 0 9 Room Kit

191 127 0 17 Rock Kit

192 127 0 25 Electronic Kit

193 127 0 26 Analog Kit

194 127 0 113 Dance Kit

195 127 0 33 Jazz Kit

196 127 0 41 Brush Kit

197 127 0 49 Symphony Kit

198 126 0 128 StdKit1 + Chinese Perc.

199 126 0 40 Indian Kit 1

200 126 0 115 Indian Kit 2

201 126 0 37 Arabic Kit

202 126 0 41 Cuban Kit

203 126 0 1 SFX Kit 1

204 126 0 2 SFX Kit 2

205 126 0 113 Sound Effect Kit

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice N am e

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

Voice List

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

XGlite Voice List

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice Name

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

XG Piano

206 0 0 1 Grand Piano

207 0 1 1 Grand Piano KSP

208 0 40 1 Piano Strings

209 0 41 1 Dream

210 0 0 2 Bright Piano

211 0 1 2 Bright Piano KSP

212 0 0 3 Electric Grand Piano

213 0 1 3 Electric Grand Piano KSP

214 0 32 3 Detuned CP80

215 0 0 4 Honky-tonk Piano

216 0 1 4 Honky-tonk Piano KSP

217 0 0 5 Electric Piano 1

218 0 1 5 Electric Piano 1 KSP

219 0 32 5 Chorus Electric Piano 1

220 0 0 6 Electric Piano 2

221 0 1 6 Electric Piano 2 KSP

222 0 32 6 Chorus Electric Piano 2

223 0 41 6 DX + Analog Electric Piano

224 0 0 7 Harpsichord

225 0 1 7 Harpsichord KSP

226 0 35 7 Harpsichord 2

227 0 0 8 Clavi

228 0 1 8 Clavi KSP

XG CHROMATIC

229 0 0 9 Celesta

230 0 0 10 Glockenspiel

231 0 0 11 Music Box

232 0 64 11 Orgel

233 0 0 12 Vibraphone

234 0 1 12 Vibraphone KSP

235 0 0 13 Marimba

236 0 1 13 Marimba KSP

237 0 64 13 Sine Marimba

238 0 97 13 Balimba

239 0 98 13 Log Drums

240 0 0 14 Xylophone

241 0 0 15 Tubular Bells

242 0 96 15 Church Bells

243 0 97 15 Carillon

XG ORGAN

244 0 0 17 Drawbar Organ

245 0 32 17 Detuned Drawbar Organ

246 0 33 17 60s Drawbar Organ 1

247 0 34 17 60s Drawbar Organ 2

248 0 35 17 70s Drawbar Organ 1

249 0 37 17 60s Drawbar Organ 3

250 0 40 17 16+2'2/3

251 0 64 17 Organ Bass

252 0 65 17 70s Drawbar Organ 2

253 0 66 17 Cheezy Organ

254 0 67 17 Drawbar Organ 2

255 0 0 18 Percussive Organ

256 0 24 18 70s Percussive Organ

257 0 32 18 Detuned Percussive Organ

258 0 33 18 Light Organ

259 0 37 18 Percussive Organ 2

260 0 0 19 Rock Organ

261 0 64 19 Rotary Organ

262 0 65 19 Slow Rotary

263 0 66 19 Fast Rotary

264 0 0 20 Church Organ

265 0 32 20 Church Organ 3

266 0 35 20 Church Organ 2

267 0 40 20 Notre Dame

268 0 64 20 Organ Flute

269 0 65 20 Tremolo Organ Flute

270 0 0 21 Reed Organ

271 0 40 21 Puff Organ

272 0 0 22 Accordion

273 0 0 23 Harmonica

274 0 32 23 Harmonica 2

275 0 0 24 Tango Accordion

276 0 64 24 Tango Accordion 2

XG GUITAR

277 0 0 25 Nylon Guitar

278 0 25 25 Nylon Guitar 3

279 0 43 25 Velocity Guitar Harmonics

280 0 96 25 Ukulele

281 0 0 26 Steel Guitar

282 0 35 26 12-string Guitar

283 0 40 26 Nylon & Steel Guitar

284 0 41 26 Steel Guitar with Body Sound

285 0 96 26 Mandolin

286 0 0 27 Jazz Guitar

287 0 32 27 Jazz Amp

288 0 0 28 Clean Guitar

289 0 32 28 Chorus Guitar

290 0 0 29 Muted Guitar

291 0 40 29 Funk Guitar

292 0 41 29 Muted Steel Guitar

293 0 45 29 Jazz Man

294 0 0 30 Overdriven Guitar

295 0 43 30 Guitar Pinch

296 0 0 31 Distortion Guitar

297 0 40 31 Feedback Guitar

298 0 41 31 Feedback Guitar 2

299 0 0 32 Guitar Harmonics

300 0 65 32 Guitar Feedback

301 0 66 32 Guitar Harmonics 2

XG BASS

302 0 0 33 Acoustic Bass

303 0 40 33 Jazz Rhythm

304 0 45 33

Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass

305 0 0 34 Finger Bass

306 0 18 34 Finger Dark

307 0 40 34

Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar

308 0 43 34 Finger Slap Bass

309 0 45 34 Finger Bass 2

310 0 65 34 Modulated Bass

311 0 0 35 Pick Bass

312 0 28 35 Muted Pick Bass

313 0 0 36 Fretless Bass

314 0 32 36 Fretless Bass 2

315 0 33 36 Fretless Bass 3

316 0 34 36 Fretless Bass 4

317 0 0 37 Slap Bass 1

318 0 32 37 Punch Thumb Bass

319 0 0 38 Slap Bass 2

320 0 43 38 Velocity Switch Slap

321 0 0 39 Synth Bass 1

322 0 40 39 Techno Synth Bass

323 0 0 40 Synth Bass 2

324 0 6 40 Mellow Synth Bass

325 0 12 40 Sequenced Bass

326 0 18 40 Click Synth Bass

327 0 19 40 Synth Bass 2 Dark

328 0 40 40 Modular Synth Bass

329 0 41 40 DX Bass

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice N am e

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

Voice List

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

XG STRINGS

330 0 0 41 Violin

331 0 8 41 Slow Violin

332 0 0 42 Viola

333 0 0 43 Cello

334 0 0 44 Contrabass

335 0 0 45 Tremolo Strings

336 0 8 45 Slow Tremolo Strings

337 0 40 45 Suspense Strings

338 0 0 46 Pizzicato Strings

339 0 0 47 Orchestral Harp

340 0 0 48 Timpani

XG ENSEMBLE

341 0 0 49 Strings 1

342 0 3 49 Stereo Strings

343 0 8 49 Slow Strings

344 0 35 49 60s Strings

345 0 40 49 Orchestra

346 0 41 49 Orchestra 2

347 0 42 49 Tremolo Orchestra

348 0 45 49 Velocity Strings

349 0 0 50 Strings 2

350 0 3 50 Stereo Slow Strings

351 0 8 50 Legato Strings

352 0 40 50 Warm Strings

353 0 41 50 Kingdom

354 0 0 51 Synth Strings 1

355 0 64 51 Synth Strings 4

356 0 0 52 Synth Strings 2

357 0 0 53 Choir Aahs

358 0 3 53 Stereo Choir

359 0 32 53 Mellow Choir

360 0 40 53 Choir Strings

361 0 0 54 Voice Oohs

362 0 0 55 Synth Voice

363 0 40 55 Synth Voice 2

364 0 41 55 Choral

365 0 64 55 Analog Voice

366 0 0 56 Orchestra Hit

367 0 35 56 Orchestra Hit 2

368 0 64 56 Impact

XG BRASS

369 0 0 57 Trumpet

370 0 32 57 Warm Trumpet

371 0 0 58 Trombone

372 0 18 58 Trombone 2

373 0 0 59 Tuba

374 0 0 60 Muted Trumpet

375 0 0 61 French Horn

376 0 6 61 French Horn Solo

377 0 32 61 French Horn 2

378 0 37 61 Horn Orchestra

379 0 0 62 Brass Section

380 0 35 62 Trumpet & Trombone Section

381 0 0 63 Synth Brass 1

382 0 20 63 Resonant Synth Brass

383 0 0 64 Synth Brass 2

384 0 18 64 Soft Brass

385 0 41 64 Choir Brass

XG REED

386 0 0 65 Soprano Sax

387 0 0 66 Alto Sax

388 0 40 66 Sax Section

389 0 0 67 Tenor Sax

390 0 40 67 Breathy Tenor Sax

391 0 0 68 Baritone Sax

392 0 0 69 Oboe

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice Name

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

393 0 0 70 English Horn

394 0 0 71 Bassoon

395 0 0 72 Clarinet

XG PIPE

396 0 0 73 Piccolo

397 0 0 74 Flute

398 0 0 75 Recorder

399 0 0 76 Pan Flute

400 0 0 77 Blown Bottle

401 0 0 79 Whistle

402 0 0 80 Ocarina

XG SYNTH LEAD

403 0 0 81 Square Lead

404 0 6 81 Square Lead 2

405 0 8 81 LM Square

406 0 18 81 Hollow

407 0 19 81 Shroud

408 0 64 81 Mellow

409 0 65 81 Solo Sine

410 0 66 81 Sine Lead

411 0 0 82 Sawtooth Lead

412 0 6 82 Sawtooth Lead 2

413 0 8 82 Thick Sawtooth

414 0 18 82 Dynamic Sawtooth

415 0 19 82 Digital Sawtooth

416 0 20 82 Big Lead

417 0 24 82 Heavy Synth

418 0 96 82 Sequenced Analog

419 0 0 83 Calliope Lead

420 0 65 83 Pure Lead

421 0 0 84 Chiff Lead

422 0 0 85 Charang Lead

423 0 64 85 Distorted Lead

424 0 0 86 Voice Lead

425 0 0 87 Fifths Lead

426 0 35 87 Big Five

427 0 0 88 Bass & Lead

428 0 16 88 Big & Low

429 0 64 88 Fat & Perky

430 0 65 88 Soft Whirl

XG SYNTH PAD

431 0 0 89 New Age Pad

432 0 64 89 Fantasy

433 0 0 90 Warm Pad

434 0 0 91 Poly Synth Pad

435 0 0 92 Choir Pad

436 0 66 92 Itopia

437 0 0 93 Bowed Pad

438 0 0 94 Metallic Pad

439 0 0 95 Halo Pad

440 0 0 96 Sweep Pad

XG SYNTH EFFECTS

441 0 0 97 Rain

442 0 64 97 Harmo Rain

443 0 65 97 African Wind

444 0 66 97 Carib

445 0 0 98 Sound Track

446 0 27 98 Prologue

447 0 0 99 Crystal

448 0 12 99 Synth Drum Comp

449 0 14 99 Popcorn

450 0 18 99 Tiny Bells

451 0 35 99 Round Glockenspiel

452 0 40 99 Glockenspiel Chimes

453 0 41 99 Clear Bells

454 0 42 99 Chorus Bells

455 0 65 99 Soft Crystal

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice N am e

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

Voice List

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

456 0 70 99 Air Bells

457 0 71 99 Bell Harp

458 0 72 99 Gamelimba

459 0 0 100 Atmosphere

460 0 18 100 Warm Atmosphere

461 0 19 100 Hollow Release

462 0 40 100 Nylon Electric Piano

463 0 64 100 Nylon Harp

464 0 65 100 Harp Vox

465 0 66 100 Atmosphere Pad

466 0 0 101 Brightness

467 0 0 102 Goblins

468 0 64 102 Goblins Synth

469 0 65 102 Creeper

470 0 67 102 Ritual

471 0 68 102 To Heaven

472 0 70 102 Night

473 0 71 102 Glisten

474 0 96 102 Bell Choir

475 0 0 103 Echoes

476 0 65 103 Big Pan

477 0 0 104 Sci-Fi

XG WORLD

478 0 96 16 Cimbalom

479 0 40 47 Yang Chin

480 0 0 78 Shakuhachi

481 0 35 105 Sitar 2

482 0 97 105 Tamboura

483 0 0 106 Banjo

484 0 28 106 Muted Banjo

485 0 96 106 Rabab

486 0 97 106 Gopichant

487 0 96 108 Taisho-kin

XG PERCUSSIVE

488 0 0 113 Tinkle Bell

489 0 96 113 Bonang

490 0 97 113 Altair

491 0 98 113 Gamelan Gongs

492 0 99 113 Stereo Gamelan Gongs

493 0 100 113 Rama Cymbal

494 0 0 114 Agogo

495 0 0 115 Steel Drums

496 0 97 115 Glass Percussion

497 0 98 115 Thai Bells

498 0 0 116 Woodblock

499 0 96 116 Castanets

500 0 0 117 Taiko Drum

501 0 96 117 Gran Cassa

502 0 0 118 Melodic Tom

503 0 64 118 Melodic Tom 2

504 0 65 118 Real Tom

505 0 66 118 Rock Tom

506 0 0 119 Synth Drum

507 0 64 119 Analog Tom

508 0 65 119 Electronic Percussion

509 0 0 120 Reverse Cymbal

XG SOUND EFFECTS

510 64 0 1 Cutting Noise

511 64 0 2 Cutting Noise 2

512 64 0 4 String Slap

513 64 0 17 Flute Key Click

514 64 0 33 Shower

515 64 0 34 Thunder

51664035Wind

517 64 0 36 Stream

518 64 0 37 Bubble

519 64 0 38 Feed

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice Name

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

520 64 0 49 Dog

521 64 0 50 Horse

522 64 0 51 Bird Tweet 2

523 64 0 56 Maou

524 64 0 65 Phone Call

525 64 0 66 Door Squeak

526 64 0 67 Door Slam

527 64 0 68 Scratch Cut

528 64 0 69 Scratch Split

529 64 0 70 Wind Chime

530 64 0 71 Telephone Ring 2

531 64 0 81 Car Engine Ignition

532 64 0 82 Car Tires Squeal

533 64 0 83 Car Passing

534 64 0 84 Car Crash

535 64 0 85 Siren

536 64 0 86 Train

537 64 0 87 Jet Plane

538 64 0 88 Starship

539 64 0 89 Burst

540 64 0 90 Roller Coaster

541 64 0 91 Submarine

542 64 0 97 Laugh

543 64 0 98 Scream

544 64 0 99 Punch

545 64 0 100 Heartbeat

546 64 0 101 Footsteps

547 64 0 113 Machine Gun

548 64 0 114 Laser Gun

549 64 0 115 Explosion

550 64 0 116 Firework

Voice

No.

Bank Select

MIDI

Program

Change#

(1–128)

Voice N am e

MSB

(0–127)

LSB

(0–127)

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Drum Kit List

• “ ” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”.

• Each percussion voice uses one note.

• The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than keyboard Note # and Note. For example, in “141: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H”

(Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0).

Voice No. 188 189 190 191 192 193

MSB (0–127) / LSB (0–127) / PC (1–128) 127/000/001 127/000/002 127/000/009 127/000/017 127/000/025 127/000/026

Keyboard MIDI

Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit

Note#NoteNote#Note

25 C# 013C# -1 Surdo Mute

26 D 0 14 D -1 Surdo Open

27 D# 015D# -1 Hi Q

28 E 0 16 E -1 Whip Slap

29 F 0 17 F -1 Scratch Push

30 F# 018F# -1 Scratch Pull

31 G 0 19 G -1 Finger Snap

32 G# 020G# -1 Click Noise

33 A 0 21 A -1 Metronome Click

34 A# 022A# -1 Metronome Bell

35 B 0 23 B -1 Seq Click L

36 C 1 24 C 0 Seq Click H

37 C# 125C# 0Brush Tap

38 D 1 26 D 0 Brush Swirl

39 D# 127D# 0Brush Slap

40 E 1 28 E 0 Brush Tap Swirl Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal

41 F 1 29 F 0 Snare Roll

42 F# 130F# 0Castanet Hi Q 2 Hi Q 2

43 G 1 31 G 0 Snare H Soft Snare H Soft 2

SD Rock H Snare L SD Rock H

44 G# 132G# 0Sticks

45 A 1 33 A 0 Bass Drum Soft Bass Drum H Bass Drum H

46 A# 134A# 0 Open Rim Shot Open Rim Shot 2

47 B 1 35 B 0 Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum H BD Rock BD Analog L

48 C 2 36 C 1 Bass Drum Bass Drum 2

BD Rock BD Gate BD Analog H

49 C# 237C# 1 Side Stick

Analog Side Stick

50 D 2 38 D 1 Snare M Snare M 2 SD Room L SD Rock L SD Rock L Analog Snare 1

51 D# 239D# 1 Hand Clap

52 E 2 40 E 1 Snare H Hard Snare H Hard 2 SD Room H SD Rock Rim SD Rock H Analog Snare 2

53 F 2 41 F 1 Floor Tom L

Room Tom 1 Rock Tom 1 E Tom 1 Analog Tom 1

54 F# 242F# 1 Hi-Hat Closed

Analog HH Closed 1

55 G 2 43 G 1 Floor Tom H

Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2 E Tom 2 Analog Tom 2

56 G# 244G# 1Hi-Hat Pedal

Analog HH Closed 2

57 A 2 45 A 1 Low Tom

Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3 E Tom 3 Analog Tom 3

58 A# 246A# 1 Hi-Hat Open

Analog HH Open

59 B 2 47 B 1 Mid Tom L

Room Tom 4 Rock Tom 4 E Tom 4 Analog Tom 4

60 C 3 48 C 2 Mid Tom H

Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 5 E Tom 5 Analog Tom 5

61 C# 349C# 2 Crash Cymbal 1

Analog Cymbal

62 D 3 50 D 2 High Tom

Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6 E Tom 6 Analog Tom 6

63 D# 351D# 2 Ride Cymbal 1

64 E 3 52 E 2 Chinese Cymbal

65 F 3 53 F 2 Ride Cymbal Cup

66 F# 354F# 2 Tambourine

67 G 3 55 G 2 Splash Cymbal

68 G# 356G# 2Cowbell Analog Cowbell

69 A 3 57 A 2 Crash Cymbal 2

70 A# 358A# 2Vibraslap

71 B 3 59 B 2 Ride Cymbal 2

72 C 4 60 C 3 Bongo H

73 C# 461C# 3 Bongo L

74 D 4 62 D 3 Conga H Mute Analog Conga H

75 D# 463D# 3 Conga H Open

Analog Conga M

76 E 4 64 E 3 Conga L

Analog Conga L

77 F 4 65 F 3 Timbale H

78 F# 466F# 3Timbale L

79 G 4 67 G 3 Agogo H

80 G# 468G# 3 Agogo L

81 A 4 69 A 3 Cabasa

82 A# 470A# 3 Maracas Analog Maracas

83 B 4 71 B 3 Samba Whistle H

84 C 5 72 C 4 Samba Whistle L

85 C# 573C# 4Guiro Short

86 D 5 74 D 4 Guiro Long

87 D# 575D# 4Claves Analog Claves

88 E 5 76 E 4 Wood Block H

89 F 5 77 F 4 Wood Block L

90 F# 578F# 4Cuica Mute Scratch Push Scratch Push

91 G 5 79 G 4 Cuica Open

Scratch Pull Scratch Pull

92 G# 580G# 4 Triangle Mute

93 A 5 81 A 4 Triangle Open

94 A# 582A# 4Shaker

95 B 5 83 B 4 Jingle Bell

96 C 6 84 C 5 Bell Tree

97 C# 685C# 5

98 D 6 86 D 5

99 D# 687D# 5

100 E 6 88 E 5

101 F 6 89 F 5

102 F# 690F# 5

103 G 6 91 G 5

F#1

G#1

A#1

D#1

C#1

F#2

G#2

A#2

D#2

C#2

F#3

G#3

A#3

D#3

C#3

F#4

G#4

A#4

D#4

C#4

F#5

G#5

A#5

D#5

C#5

Drum Kit List

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Voice No. 188 194 195 196 197 198

MSB (0–127) / LSB (0–127) / PC (1–128) 127/000/001 127/000/113 127/000/033 127/000/041 127/000/049 126/000/128

Keyboard MIDI

Standard Kit 1 Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit

StdKit1 +

Chinese Perc.

Note#NoteNote#Note

25 C# 013C# -1 Surdo Mute

26 D 0 14 D -1 Surdo Open

27 D# 015D# -1 Hi Q

28 E 0 16 E -1 Whip Slap

29 F 0 17 F -1 Scratch Push

30 F# 018F# -1 Scratch Pull

31 G 0 19 G -1 Finger Snap

32 G# 020G# -1 Click Noise

33 A 0 21 A -1 Metronome Click

34 A# 022A# -1 Metronome Bell

35 B 0 23 B -1 Seq Click L

36 C 1 24 C 0 Seq Click H

37 C# 125C# 0Brush Tap

38 D 1 26 D 0 Brush Swirl

39 D# 127D# 0Brush Slap

40 E 1 28 E 0 Brush Tap Swirl Reverse Cymbal

41 F 1 29 F 0 Snare Roll

42 F# 130F# 0Castanet Hi Q 2

43 G 1 31 G 0 Snare H Soft AnSD Snappy SD Jazz H Light Brush Slap L

44 G# 132G# 0Sticks

45 A 1 33 A 0 Bass Drum Soft AnBD Dance-1 Bass Drum L

46 A# 134A# 0 Open Rim Shot AnSD OpenRim

47 B 1 35 B 0 Bass Drum Hard AnBD Dance-2 Gran Cassa

48 C 2 36 C 1 Bass Drum AnBD Dance-3 BD Jazz BD Jazz Gran Cassa Mute

49 C# 237C# 1 Side Stick Analog Side Stick

50 D 2 38 D 1 Snare M AnSD Q SD Jazz L Brush Slap Marching Sn M

51 D# 239D# 1 Hand Clap

52 E 2 40 E 1 Snare H Hard AnSD Ana+Acoustic SD Jazz M Brush Tap Marching Sn H

53 F 2 41 F 1 Floor Tom L Analog Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Brush Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1

54 F# 242F# 1 Hi-Hat Closed Analog HH Closed 3

55 G 2 43 G 1 Floor Tom H Analog Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2

56 G# 244G# 1 Hi-Hat Pedal Analog HH Closed 4

57 A 2 45 A 1 Low Tom Analog Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3

58 A# 246A# 1 Hi-Hat Open Analog HH Open 2

59 B 2 47 B 1 Mid Tom L Analog Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4 Brush Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4

60 C 3 48 C 2 Mid Tom H Analog Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5

61 C# 349C# 2 Crash Cymbal 1 Analog Cymbal Hand Cym. L

62 D 3 50 D 2 High Tom Analog Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6 Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6

63 D# 351D# 2 Ride Cymbal 1 Hand Cym.Short L

64 E 3 52 E 2 Chinese Cymbal

65 F 3 53 F 2 Ride Cymbal Cup

66 F# 354F# 2 Tambourine

67 G 3 55 G 2 Splash Cymbal

68 G# 356G# 2 Cowbell Analog Cowbell

69 A 3 57 A 2 Crash Cymbal 2 Hand Cym. H

70 A# 358A# 2Vibraslap

71 B 3 59 B 2 Ride Cymbal 2 Hand Cym.Short H

72 C 4 60 C 3 Bongo H

73 C# 461C# 3 Bongo L

74 D 4 62 D 3 Conga H Mute Analog Conga H

75 D# 463D# 3 Conga H Open Analog Conga M

76 E 4 64 E 3 Conga L Analog Conga L

77 F 4 65 F 3 Timbale H

78 F# 466F# 3Timbale L

79 G 4 67 G 3 Agogo H Dagu Mute

80 G# 468G# 3 Agogo L

Zhongcha Mute

81 A 4 69 A 3 Cabasa

Dagu Heavy

82 A# 470A# 3 Maracas Analog Maracas

Zhongcha Open

83 B 4 71 B 3 Samba Whistle H

Paigu Middle

84 C 5 72 C 4 Samba Whistle L

Paigu Low

85 C# 573C# 4Guiro Short

Xiaocha Mute

86 D 5 74 D 4 Guiro Long

Bangu

87 D# 575D# 4 Claves Analog Claves

Xiaocha Open

88 E 5 76 E 4 Wood Block H

Bangzi

89 F 5 77 F 4 Wood Block L

Muyu Low

90 F# 578F# 4 Cuica Mute Scratch Push

Zhongluo Mute

91 G 5 79 G 4 Cuica Open Scratch Pull

Muyu Mid-Low

92 G# 580G# 4 Triangle Mute

Zhongluo Open

93 A 5 81 A 4 Triangle Open

Muyu Middle

94 A# 582A# 4Shaker

Xiaoluo Open

95 B 5 83 B 4 Jingle Bell

Triangle Mute

96 C 6 84 C 5 Bell Tree

Triangle Open

97 C# 685C# 5

98 D 6 86 D 5

99 D# 687D# 5

100 E 6 88 E 5

101 F 6 89 F 5

102 F# 690F# 5

103 G 6 91 G 5

F#1

G#1

A#1

D#1

C#1

F#2

G#2

A#2

D#2

C#2

F#3

G#3

A#3

D#3

C#3

F#4

G#4

A#4

D#4

C#4

F#5

G#5

A#5

D#5

C#5

Drum Kit List

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

199 200 201 202 203 204 205

126/000/040 126/000/0115 126/000/037 126/000/041 126/000/001 126/000/002 126/000/113

Indian Kit 1 Indian Kit 2 Arabic Kit Cuban Kit SFX Kit 1 * SFX Kit 2 * Sound Effect Kit

Zarb Back mf

Zarb Tom f

Indian Hand Clap Zarb Eshareh

Dafli Open Zarb Whipping

Da f l i S l a p Tom b a k To m f

Dafli Rim Neghareh Tom f

Duff Open Tombak Back f

Duff Slap Neghareh Back f

Duff Rim Tombak Snap f

Hateli Long Hatheli Long Neghareh Pelang f Conga H Tip

Hateli Short Hatheli Short Tombak Trill Conga H Heel

Baya ge Baya ge Khaligi Clap 1 Conga H Open

Drum Loop

Baya ke Baya ke Arabic Zalgouta Open Conga H Mute

Baya ghe Baya ghe Khaligi Clap 2 Conga H Slap Open

Baya ka Baya ka Arabic Zalgouta Close Conga H Slap

Tabla na Tabla na Arabic Hand Clap Conga H Slap Mute

Tabla tin Tabla tin Tabel Tak 1 Conga L Tip

Tablabaya dha Tablabaya dha Sagat 1 Conga L Heel

Tabla tun Dhol 1 Open Tabel Dom Conga L Open

Tablabaya dhin Dhol 1 Slap Sagat 2 Conga L Mute

Tabla di Dhol 1 Mute Tabel Tak 2 Conga L Slap Open

Tablabaya dhe Dhol 1 Open Slap Sagat 3 Conga L Slap

Tabla ti Dhol 1 Roll Riq Tik 3 Conga L Slide

Tabla ne Dandia Short Riq Tik 2 Bongo H Open 1 finger Cutting Noise Phone Call Heartbeat

Tabla taran Dandia Long Riq Tik Hard 1 Bongo H Open 3 finger Cutting Noise 2 Door Squeak Footsteps

Tabla tak Chutki Riq Tik 1 Bongo H Rim Door Slam Door Squeak

Chipri Chipri Riq Tik Hard 2 Bongo H Tip String Slap Scratch Cut Door Slam

Kanjira Open Khanjira Open Riq Tik Hard 3 Bongo H Heel Scratch Applause

Kanjira Slap Khanjira Slap Riq Tish Bongo H Slap Wind Chime Camera

Kanjira Mute Khanjira Mute Riq Snouj 2 Bongo L Open 1 finger Telephone Ring 2 Horn

Kanjira Bend up Khanjira Bendup Riq Roll Bongo L Open 3 finger Hiccup

Kanjira Bend down Khanjira Benddown Riq Snouj 1 Bongo L Rim Cuckoo Clock

Dholak Open Dholak 1 Open Riq Sak Bongo L Tip Stream

Dholak Mute Dholak 1 Mute Riq Snouj 3 Bongo L Heel Frog

Dholak Slap Dholak 1 Slap Riq Snouj 4 Bongo L Slap Rooster

Dhol Open Dhol 2 Open Riq Tak 1 Timbale L Open Dog

Dhol Mute Dhol 2 Slap Riq Brass 1 Cat

Dhol Slap Dhol 2 Rim Riq Tak 2 Owl

Dhol Slide Mridangam na Riq Brass 2 Horse Gallop

Mridangam Normal Mridangam din Riq Dom Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition Horse Neigh

Mridangam Open Mridangam ki Katem Tak Doff Paila L Car Tires Squeal Cow

Mridangam Mute Mridangam ta Katem Dom Timbale H Open Car Passing Lion

Mridangam Slap Mridangam Chapu Katem Sak 1 Car Crash Scratch

Mridangam Rim Mridangam Lo Closed Katem Tak 1 Siren Yo!

Chimta Open Mridangam Lo Open Katem Sak 2 Train Go!

Chimta Normal Chimta Normal Katem Tak 2 Jet Plane Get up!

Chimta Ring Chimta Ring Daholla Sak 2 Paila H Starship Whoow!

Dholki Open Dholki Hi Open Daholla Sak 1 Cowbell Top Burst

Huuaah!

Dholki Mute Dholki Hi Mute Daholla Tak 1 Roller Coaster

Dholki Slap Dholki Lo Open Daholla Dom Submarine

Dholki Slide Dholki Hi Slap Daholla Tak 2

Dholki Rim Dholki Lo Slide Tablah Prok Guiro Short

Khol Open Khol Open Tablah Dom 2 Guiro Long

Khol Slide Khol slide Tablah Roll of Edge

Khol Mute Khol Mute Tablah Tak Finger 4

Manjira Open Manjira Open Tablah Tak Trill 1 Tambourine Shower Laugh

Manjira Close Manjira Close Tablah Tak Finger 3 Thunder Scream

Jhanji Open Jhanji Open Tablah Tak Trill 2 Wind Punch

Jhanji Close Jhanji Close Tablah Tak Finger 2 Stream Heartbeat

Mondira Open Mondira Open Tablah Tak Finger 1 Maracas Bubble Footsteps

Uh!+Hit

Mondira Close Mondira Close Tablah Tik 2 Shaker Feed

Mridang Open Indian Bhangra Scat 1 Tablah Tik 4 Cabasa

Mridang Mute Indian Bhangra Scat 2 Tablah Tik 3

Mridang Rim Indian Bhangra Scat 3 Tablah Tik 1

Mridang Slide indian Bhangra Scat 4 Tablah Tak 3

Khomokh Normal Khomokh Normal Tablah Tak 1

Khomokh Mute Khomokh Mute Tablah Tak 4

Khomokh Mltatk Khomokh mltatk Tablah Tak 2

Madal-A2 Thavil Open Tablah Sak 2

Madal-A#2 Thavil Slap Tablah Tremolo

Madal-B2 Thavil Mute Tablah Sak 1

Madal-C3 Khartaal Tablah Dom 1 Dog Machine Gun

Madal-C#3 Dholak 2 Open Horse Laser Gun Applause 1

Madal-D3 Dholak 2 Slide Bird Tweet 2 Explosion Applause 2

Madal-D#3 Dholak 2 Rim 1 Firework Applause 3

Madal-E3 Dholak 2 Rim 2 Applause 4

Madal-F3 Dholak 2 Ring

Madal-F#3 Dholak 2 Slap

Madal-G3 Maou

* Actual keyboard notes of the SFX Kit 1 and 2 are one octave lower than the ones described in the list below.

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Song List

Song No. Song Name

Top Picks

001 Demo 1 (Yamaha Original)

002 Demo 2 (Yamaha Original)

003 Demo 3 (Yamaha Original)

Learn to Play

004 Für Elise (Basic) (L. v. Beethoven)

005 Für Elise (Advanced) (L. v. Beethoven)

006 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Basic) (Traditional)

007 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Advanced) (Traditional)

008 Turkish March (Basic) (W.A. Mozart)

009 Turkish March (Advanced) (W.A. Mozart)

010 Ode to Joy (Basic) (L. v. Beethoven)

011 Ode to Joy (Advanced) (L. v. Beethoven)

012 The Entertainer (Basic) (S. Joplin)

013 The Entertainer (Advanced) (S. Joplin)

014 Londonderry Air (Basic) (Traditional)

015 Londonderry Air (Advanced) (Traditional)

016 The Last Rose of Summer (Basic) (Traditional)

017 The Last Rose of Summer (Advanced) (Traditional)

018 Amazing Grace (Basic) (Traditional)

019 Amazing Grace (Advanced) (Traditional)

Favorite

020 Frère Jacques (Traditional)

021 Der Froschgesang (Traditional)

022 Aura Lee (Traditional)

023 London Bridge (Traditional)

024 Sur le pont d'Avignon (Traditional)

025 Nedelka (Traditional)

026 Aloha Oe (Q. Liliuokalani)

027 Sippin’ Cider Through a Straw (Traditional)

028 Old Folks at Home (S. C. Foster)

029 Bury Me Not on the Lone Prairie (Traditional)

030 Cielito Lindo (Traditional)

031 Santa Lucia (A. Longo)

032 If You’re Happy and You Know It (Traditional)

033 Beautiful Dreamer (S. C. Foster)

034 Greensleeves (Traditional)

035 Kalinka (Traditional)

036 Holdilia Cook (Traditional)

037 Ring de Banjo (S. C. Foster)

038 La Cucaracha (Traditional)

039 Funiculi Funicula (L. Denza)

040 Largo (from the New World) (A. Dvořák)

041 Brahms’ Lullaby (J. Brahms)

042 Liebesträume Nr.3 (F. Liszt)

043 Pomp and Circumstance (E. Elgar)

044 Chanson du Toreador (G. Bizet)

045 Jupiter, the Bringer of Jollity (G. Holst)

046 The Polovetsian Dances (A. Borodin)

047 Die Moldau (B. Smetana)

048 Salut d'Amour op.12 (E. Elgar)

049 Humoresques (A. Dvořák)

050

Symphony No.9 (from the New World - 4th movement) (A. Dvo

ák)

Favorite with Style

051 O du lieber Augustin (Traditional)

052 Mary Had a Little Lamb (Traditional)

053 When Irish Eyes Are Smiling (E. R. Ball)

054 Little Brown Jug (Traditional)

055 Ten Little Indians (Traditional)

056 On Top of Old Smoky (Traditional)

057 My Darling Clementine (Traditional)

058 Oh! Susanna (S. C. Foster)

059 Red River Valley (Traditional)

060 Turkey in the Straw (Traditional)

061 Muffin Man (R. A. King)

062 Pop Goes the Weasel (Traditional)

063 Grandfather’s Clock (H. C. Work)

064 Camptown Races (S. C. Foster)

065 When the Saints Go Marching In (Traditional)

066 Yankee Doodle (Traditional)

067 Battle Hymn of the Republic (Traditional)

068 I’ve Been Working on the Railroad (Traditional)

069 American Patrol (F. W. Meacham)

070 Down by the Riverside (Traditional)

Instrument Master

071 Sicilienne/Fauré (G. Fauré)

072 Swan Lake (P. I. Tchaikovsky)

073 Grand March (Aida) (G. Verdi)

074

Serenade for Strings in C major, op.48 (P. I. Tchaikovsky)

075 Pizzicato Polka (J. Strauss II)

076 Romance de Amor (Traditional)

077 Menuett BWV. Anh.114 (J. S. Bach)

078 Ave Verum Corpus (W. A. Mozart)

079 Radetzky Marsch (J. Strauss I)

Piano Repertoire

080 Wenn ich ein Vöglein wär (Traditional)

081 Die Lorelei (F. Silcher)

082 Home Sweet Home (H. R. Bishop)

083 Scarborough Fair (Traditional)

084 My Old Kentucky Home (Traditional)

085 Loch Lomond (Traditional)

086 Silent Night (F. Gruber)

087 Deck the Halls (Traditional)

088 O Christmas Tree (Traditional)

089

Sonata Pathétique 2nd Adagio Cantabile (L. v. Beethoven)

090

Ave Maria/J. S. Bach - Gounod (J. S. Bach / C. F. Gounod)

091 Jesus bleibet meine Freude (J. S. Bach)

092 Prelude op.28-15 “Raindrop” (F. Chopin)

093 Nocturne op.9-2 (F. Chopin)

094 Etude op.10-3 “Chanson de L'adieu” (F. Chopin)

095 Romanze (Serenade K.525) (W. A. Mozart)

096 Arabesque (J. F. Burgmüller)

097 La Chevaleresque (J. F. Burgmüller)

098 Für Elise (L. v. Beethoven)

099 Turkish March (W.A. Mozart)

100 24 Preludes op.28-7 (F. Chopin)

101 Annie Laurie (Traditional)

102 Jeanie with the Light Brown Hair (S. C. Foster)

Song No. Song Name

• Some songs have been edited for length or for ease in learning, and may not be exactly the same as the original.

• A song book (free downloadable scores) is available that includes scores for all internal songs (excepting Songs 1–3). To obtain the Song Book, complete

the user registration at the following website.

https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Style List

Style No. Style Name

8BEAT

1BritPopRock

2 8BeatModern

3 Cool8Beat

4 60sGtrPop

5 8BeatAdria

6 60s8Beat

7 8Beat

8 OffBeat

960sRock

10 HardRock

11 RockShuffle

12 8BeatRock

16BEAT

13 16Beat

14 PopShuffle

15 GuitarPop

16 16BtUptempo

17 KoolShuffle

18 HipHopLight

BALLAD

19 70sGlamPiano

20 PianoBallad

21 LoveSong

22 6/8ModernEP

23 6/8SlowRock

24 OrganBallad

25 PopBallad

26 16BeatBallad

DANCE

27 ClubBeat

28 Electronica

29 FunkyHouse

30 MellowHipHop

31 Chillout

32 EuroTrance

33 Ibiza

34 SwingHouse

35 Clubdance

36 ClubLatin

37 Garage1

38 Garage2

39 TechnoParty

40 UKPop

41 HipHopGroove

42 HipShuffle

43 HipHopPop

DISCO

44 ModernDisco

45 70sDisco

46 LatinDisco

47 SaturdayNight

48 DiscoHands

SWING&JAZZ

49 BigBandFast

50 BigBandBallad

51 AcousticJazz

52 AcidJazz

53 JazzClub

54 Swing1

55 Swing2

56 Five/Four

57 Dixieland

58 Ragtime

R&B

59 BluesRock

60 Soul

61 DetroitPop

62 60sRock&Roll

63 6/8Soul

64 CrocoTwist

65 Rock&Roll

66 ComboBoogie

67 6/8Blues

COUNTRY

68 CountryPop

69 CountrySwing

70 Country2/4

71 Bluegrass

LATIN

72 BrazilianSamba

73 BossaNova

74 Forro

75 Sertanejo

76 Tijuana

77 Joropo

78 Parranda

79 Reggaeton

80 Mambo

81 Salsa

82 Beguine

83 Reggae

BALLROOM

84 VienneseWaltz

85 EnglishWaltz

86 Slowfox

87 Foxtrot

88 Quickstep

89 Tango

90 Pasodoble

91 Samba

92 ChaChaCha

Style No. Style Name

93 Rumba

94 Jive

TRAD&WORLD

95 USMarch

96 6/8March

97 GermanMarch

98 PolkaPop

99 OberPolka

100 Tarantella

101 Showtune

102 ChristmasSwing

103 ChristmasWaltz

104 ScottishReel

105 Duranguense

106 CumbiaGrupera

107 Yi Zu Min Ge

108 Jing Ju Jie Zou

109 Bhajan

110 B ol ly Mi x

111 IndianPop

112 Bhangra

113 Dandiya

114 ModernDangdut

115 Keroncong

116 Saeidy

117 WehdaSaghira

118 Iranian Elec

119 E ma ra ti

WALTZ

120 SwingWaltz

121 JazzWaltz

122 CountryWaltz

123 OberWalzer

124 Musette

CHILDREN

125 Learning2/4

126 Learning4/4

127 Learning6/8

PIANIST

128 Stride

129 PianoSwing

130 PianoBoogie

131 Arpeggio

132 Habanera

133 SlowRock

134 8BeatPianoBallad

135 6/8PianoMarch

136 PianoWaltz

Style No. Style Name

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Music Database List

MDB No. MDB Name

POP

1AlvFever

2DayPdise

3 GoMyWay

4 HowDeep!

5 HurryLuv

6 Imagine

7JustCall

8 SultanSw

9WhitePle

10 YesterPf

ROCK

11 JumpRock

12 PickUpPc

13 RdRiverR

14 SatsfyGt

15 Sheriff

16 SmokeWtr

17 TwistAgn

18 VenusPop

DANCE

19 2 of Us

20 B Leave

21 Back St

22 Crockett

23 FunkyTwn

24 KillSoft

25 Nine PM

26 SingBack

27 StrandD

BALLAD

28 AdelineB

29 CatMemry

30 ElvGhett

31 Feeling

32 Mn Rivr

33 OnMyMnd

34 OverRbow

35 ReleseMe

36 SavingLv

37 SmokyEye

38 WhisprSx

R & B

39 AmazingG

40 BoogiePf

41 Clock Rk

42 CU later

43 HappyDay

44 RisingSn

45 ShookUp

46 TeddyBer

SWING & JAZZ

47 ChooChoo

48 HighMoon

49 InMood

50 MistySax

51 MoonLit

52 New York

53 SaintMch

54 ShearJz

55 TstHoney

56 USPatrol

EASY LISTENING

57 Close2U

58 Entrtain

59 LuvStory

60 MyPrince

61 PupetStr

62 Raindrop

63 R'ticGtr

64 SingRain

65 SmallWld

66 SpkSoft

67 StrangeN

68 TimeGoes

69 WhteXmas

70 WishStar

71 WondrWld

LATIN

72 BambaLa

73 BeHappy!

74 CopaLola

75 DayNight

76 Ipanema

77 MuchoTrp

78 Sunshine

79 Tico Org

80 TrbWave

COUNTRY

81 BoxerFlt

82 CntryRds

83 Jambala

84 TopWorld

85 YlwRose

BALLROOM

86 BrazilBr

87 CherryTp

88 DanubeWv

89 TangoAc

90 Tea4Two

TRADITIONAL

91 CampRace

92 CielPari

93 GrndClok

94 JinglBel

95 MickMrch

MDB No. MDB Name

96 Showbiz

97 StarMrch

98 WashPost

99 XmasWalz

100 YankDood

MDB No. MDB Name

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Effect Type List

Harmony Types

Reverb Types

Chorus Types

No. Harmony Type Description

01 Duet

If you want to sound one of the harmony types 01–05, play keys to the right side of the Split Point while

playing chords in the left side of the keyboard after turning Auto Accompaniment on. One, two or three

notes of harmony are automatically added to the note you play. When playing back a Song that

includes chord data, harmony is applied whichever keys are played.

02 Trio

03 Block

04 Country

05 Octave

06 Trill 1/4 note

If you keep holding down two different notes, the notes alternate (in a trill) continuously.

07 Trill 1/6 note

08 Trill 1/8 note

09 Trill 1/12 note

10 Trill 1/16 note

11 Trill 1/24 note

12 Trill 1/32 note

13 Tremolo 1/4 note

If you keep holding down a single note, the note is repeated continuously.

(The repeat speed differs depending on the selected type.)

14 Tremolo 1/6 note

15 Tremolo 1/8 note

16 Tremolo 1/12 note

17 Tremolo 1/16 note

18 Tremolo 1/24 note

19 Tremolo 1/32 note

20 Echo 1/4 note

If you keep holding down a note, echo is applied to the note played.

(The echo speed differs depending on the selected type.)

21 Echo 1/6 note

22 Echo 1/8 note

23 Echo 1/12 note

24 Echo 1/16 note

25 Echo 1/24 note

26 Echo 1/32 note

No. Reverb Type Description

01–03 Hall 1–3 Concert hall reverb.

04–05 Room 1–2 Small room reverb.

06–07 Stage 1–2 Reverb for solo instruments.

08–09 Plate 1–2 Simulated steel plate reverb.

10 Off No effect.

No. Chorus Type Description

01–02 Chorus 1–2 Conventional chorus program with rich, warm chorusing.

03–04 Flanger 1–2 This produces a rich, animated wavering effect in the sound.

05 Off No effect.

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Specifications

* Specifications and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information purposes only. Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify

products or specifications at any time without prior notice. Since specifications, equipment or options may not be the same in every locale, please

check with your Yamaha dealer.

Size/Weight

Dimensions (W x D x H) 945mm x 369mm x 122mm (37-3/16” x 14-1/2” x 4-13/16”)

Weight 4.4kg (not including batteries) (9lbs., 11oz.)

Keyboard

Number of Keys 61

Touch Response Yes

Display

Display LCD display

Backlight Yes

Language English

Voices

Tone Generation Tone Generating Technology AWM Stereo Sampling

Polyphony Number of Polyphony (Max.) 32

Preset Number of Voices 187 panel Voices + 18 drum/SFX kits + 345 XGlite Voices

Compatibility GM/XGlite

Effects

Types

Reverb 9 types

Chorus 4 types

Ultra-Wide Stereo 3 types

Master EQ 6 types

Harmony 26 types

Functions

Melody Suppressor Yes

Dual Yes

Split Yes

Panel Sustain Yes

Accompaniment

Styles

Preset

Number of Preset Styles 136

Fingering Multi finger

Style Control

ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC START, START/STOP, INTRO/ENDING/rit.,

MAIN/AUTO FILL

External Styles Yes

Other Features

Music Database 100

One Touch Setting (OTS) Yes

Recording/Playback

Preset Number of Preset Songs 102

Recording

Number of Songs 5

Number of Tracks 2

Data Capacity

Approx. 10,000 notes (when only “melody” tracks are recorded)

Approx. 5,500 chords (when only “chord” tracks are recorded)

Compatible Data

Format

Playback SMF Formats 0 & 1

Recording Original File Format

Function

Lesson/Guide

[KEYS TO SUCCESS], [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING],

[PHRASE REPEAT], [A-B REPEAT], [CHORD DICTIONARY]

Registration Number of Buttons 9

Overall

Metronome Yes

Tempo Range 11–280

Transpose -12 to 0, 0 to +12

Tuning 427.0–440.0–453.0 Hz (approx. 0.2Hz increments)

Miscellaneous Portable Grand Button Yes

Memory/

Connectivity

Memory Internal Memory Approx. 1.7MB

Connectivity

USB TO HOST Yes

DC IN DC IN 12V

Headphones/Output [PHONES/OUTPUT] x 1

Sustain Pedal [SUSTAIN] x 1

AUX IN (Stereo-mini) Yes

Amplifiers/Speakers

Amplifiers 2.5W+2.5W

Speakers 12cm×2

Power Supply

Adaptor

Users within U.S or Europe: PA-130 or an equivalent recommended by

Yamaha

Others: PA-3C, PA-130 or an equivalent

Batteries

Six “AA” size alkaline (LR6), manganese (R6) or Ni-MH rechargeable

batteries

Power Consumption 8W (When using PA-130 power adaptor)

Auto Power Off Function Yes

Accessories

Included Accessories

•Music Rest

• Owner’s Manual

• AC Power adaptor * (PA-130 or an equivalent recommended by

Yamaha)

• Online Member Product Registration

* May not be included depending on your particular area. Please

check with your Yamaha dealer.

Optional Accessories

• AC Power Adaptor:

Users within U.S or Europe: PA-130 or an equivalent recommended by

Yamaha

Others: PA-3C, PA-130 or an equivalent

• Keyboard Stand: L-2C

• Headphones: HPE-150/HPE-30

• Footswitch: FC4/FC5

• USB MIDI Interface for iPhone/iPod touch/iPad (i-UX1)

PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual

Index

A-B Repeat ................................... 24

AC Power Adaptor ...................... 10

ACMP ........................................... 17

audio device ................................. 25

Auto Accompaniment ................. 17

AUTO FILL ................................. 19

Auto Power Off ...................... 12, 35

AUX IN .................................... 9, 25

AUX IN Volume .......................... 33

Backup .......................................... 36

Backup Clear ............................... 36

Backup Parameter ........................ 36

battery ........................................... 10

Battery Type ................................. 35

Beat ............................................... 13

BGM ............................................. 23

Chord ............................................ 13

Chord Dictionary ......................... 21

Chord Type ................................... 20

Chorus .......................................... 16

Chorus Type ........................... 34, 59

computer ....................................... 36

Computer-related Operations .......4

Demo ............................................ 22

Demo Group ................................ 35

Demo Play Mode ......................... 35

Display ......................................... 13

Drum Kit List ............................... 53

Dual Voice .............................. 15, 34

Effect ...................................... 16, 34

Effect Type List ........................... 59

ENDING ......................................19

EQ Setting ....................................12

EQ type ......................................... 12

External Clock ............................. 34

Fast Forward ................................23

Fast Reverse ................................. 23

Flash Clear ................................... 36

Footswitch .................................... 11

Function ........................................ 33

Function List ................................ 33

GM System Level 1 ....................... 4

Grade ............................................28

Grand Piano ................................. 14

Harmony .......................................16

Harmony Type ........................16, 34

Harmony Volume ...................16, 34

Headphone ....................................11

Initial Send ...................................34

Initialization .................................36

INTRO ..........................................19

iPad ................................................36

iPhone ...........................................36

iPhone/iPad Connection Manual ..4

i-UX1 ............................................36

Keyboard Display ........................13

Keys To Success ...........................26

Lesson ...........................................26

Listening .................................26, 28

Local Control ...............................34

MAIN ............................................19

Main Voice .............................14, 34

Master EQ Type ...........................34

MASTER VOLUME ...................11

Measure ........................................13

Melody Suppressor ......................25

Metronome ...................................14

Metronome Volume ...............14, 34

MIDI Basics ...................................4

MIDI Reference .............................4

Music Database ............................18

Music Database List ....................58

Music Rest ................................4, 11

Musicsoft Downloader ................18

Notation ........................................13

One Touch Setting .......................14

Part ................................................24

Passing Status ...............................27

Pause .............................................23

PC Mode .................................34, 35

Phrase Repeat .........................26, 29

Power Requirements ....................10

Random .........................................23

Recording .....................................30

Recording Data Capacity ............30

Registration Memory ...................32

Reverb .......................................... 16

Reverb Level ................................ 34

Reverb Type ........................... 34, 59

rhythm .......................................... 17

rit. .................................................. 19

Section .......................................... 19

Song .............................................. 22

Song Book ............................... 4, 26

Song Book Sample ...................... 38

Song Category ............................. 22

Song List ...................................... 56

Song Volume .......................... 22, 33

Specifications ............................... 60

Split .............................................. 15

Split Point ........................ 15, 17, 33

Split Voice .............................. 15, 34

Style .............................................. 17

STYLE FILE ................................. 4

Style List ...................................... 57

Style Register ............................... 33

Style Volume .......................... 17, 33

Sustain .................................... 16, 34

Synchro Start ............................... 17

Tap ................................................ 19

Tempo ..................................... 14, 19

Time Signature ...................... 14, 34

Timing .................................... 26, 28

Touch Response ............................. 4

Touch Sensitivity ................... 12, 33

Track ............................................. 30

Transpose ..................................... 33

Troubleshooting ........................... 37

Tuning .......................................... 33

Ultra-Wide Stereo ....................... 15

USB ................................................ 4

USB TO HOST ............................. 9

User Song ..................................... 30

Vo i c e ............................................. 14

Voice List ..................................... 48

Waiting ................................... 26, 28

Wide Type .................................... 34

XGlite ............................................. 4

Your Tempo ................................. 35

LIMITED 1-YEAR WARRANTY ON

PORTABLE KEYBOARDS

(NP, NPV, PSRE, EZ, DGX230, DGX530, YPG AND YPT SERIES)

Thank you for selecting a Yamaha product. Yamaha products are designed and manufactured to provide a high level of defect-free

performance. Yamaha Corporation of America (“Yamaha”) is proud of the experience and craftsmanship that goes into each and every

Yamaha product. Yamaha sells its products through a network of reputable, specially authorized dealers and is pleased to offer you, the

Original Owner, the following Limited Warranty, which applies only to products that have been (1) directly purchased from Yamaha’s

authorized dealers in the fifty states of the USA and District of Columbia (the “Warranted Area”) and (2) used exclusively in the Warranted

Area. Yamaha suggests that you read the Limited Warranty thoroughly, and invites you to contact your authorized Yamaha dealer or

Yamaha Customer Service if you have any questions.

Coverage: Yamaha will, at its option, repair or replace the product covered by this warranty if it becomes defective, malfunctions or

otherwise fails to conform with this warranty under normal use and service during the term of this warranty, without charge for labor or

materials. Repairs may be performed using new or refurbished parts that meet or exceed Yamaha specifications for new parts. If

Yamaha elects to replace the product, the replacement may be a reconditioned unit. You will be responsible for any installation or

removal charges and for any initial shipping charges if the product(s) must be shipped for warranty service. However, Yamaha will pay

the return shipping charges to any destination within the USA if the repairs are covered by the warranty. This warranty does not cover (a)

damage, deterioration or malfunction resulting from accident, negligence, misuse, abuse, improper installation or operation or failure to

follow instructions according to the Owner’s Manual for this product; any shipment of the product (claims must be presented to the

carrier); repair or attempted repair by anyone other than Yamaha or an authorized Yamaha Service Center; (b) any unit which has been

altered or on which the serial number has been defaced, modified or removed; (c) normal wear and any periodic maintenance; (d)

deterioration due to perspiration, corrosive atmosphere or other external causes such as extremes in temperature or humidity; (e)

damages attributable to power line surge or related electrical abnormalities, lightning damage or acts of God; or (f) RFI/EMI (Interference/

noise) caused by improper grounding or the improper use of either certified or uncertified equipment, if applicable. Any evidence of

alteration, erasing or forgery of proof-of-purchase documents will cause this warranty to be void. This warranty covers only the Original

Owner and is not transferable.

In Order to Obtain Warranty Service: Warranty service will only be provided for defective products within the Warranted

Area. Contact your local authorized Yamaha dealer who will advise you of the procedures to be followed. If this is not successful, contact

Yamaha at the address, telephone number or website shown below. Yamaha may request that you send the defective product to a local

authorized Yamaha Servicer or authorize return of the defective product to Yamaha for repair. If you are uncertain as to whether a dealer

has been authorized by Yamaha, please contact Yamaha’s Service Department at the number shown below, or check Yamaha’s website

at www.Yamaha.com

. Product(s) shipped for service should be packed securely and must be accompanied by a detailed explanation of

the problem(s) requiring service, together with the original or a machine reproduction of the bill of sale or other dated, proof-of-purchase

document describing the product, as evidence of warranty coverage. Should any product submitted for warranty service be found

ineligible therefore, an estimate of repair cost will be furnished and the repair will be accomplished only if requested by you and upon

receipt of payment or acceptable arrangement for payment.

Limitation of Implied Warranties and Exclusion of Damages: ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE

APPLICABLE PERIOD OF TIME SET FORTH ABOVE. YAMAHA SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR FOR DAMAGES BASED UPON INCONVENIENCE, LOSS OF USE, DAMAGE TO ANY OTHER

EQUIPMENT OR OTHER ITEMS AT THE SITE OF USE OR INTERRUPTION OF PERFORMANCES OR ANY CONSEQUENCES.

YAMAHA’S LIABILITY FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT IS LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE PRODUCT, AT

YAMAHA’S OPTION. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS OR THE

EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION

MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to

state. This is the only express warranty applicable to the product specified herein; Yamaha neither assumes nor authorizes anyone to

assume for it any other express warranty.

If you have any questions about service received or if you need assistance in locating an authorized Yamaha Servicer, please contact:

CUSTOMER SERVICE

Yamaha Corporation of America

6600 Orangethorpe Avenue, Buena Park, California 90620-1373

Telephone: 800-854-1569

www.yamaha.com

Do not return any product to the above address without a written Return Authorization issued by YAMAHA.

(US only)

For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha

representative or the authorized distributor listed below.

Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha

ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous gurant dans la liste suivante.

Para obter detalhes de produtos, entre em contato com o

representante mais próximo da Yamaha ou com o distribuidor

autorizado relacionado a seguir.

Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten

Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen

Bestimmungsländern erhältlich.

Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más

cercana o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo.

Подробные сведения об инструменте можно получить у местного

представителя корпорации Yamaha или уполномоченного

дистрибьютора, указанного в следующем списке.

CANADA

Yamaha Canada Music Ltd.

135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario,

M1S 3R1, Canada

Tel: 416-298-1311

U.S.A.

Yamaha Corporation of America

6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620,

U.S.A.

Tel: 714-522-9011

MEXICO

Yamaha De México, S.A. de C.V.

Av. Insurgentes Sur 1647 “Prisma Insurgentes”,

Col. San José Insurgentes, Del. Benito Juárez,

03900, México, D.F.

Tel: 55-5804-0600

BRAZIL

Yamaha Musical do Brasil Ltda.

Rua Joaquim Floriano, 913 - 4' andar, Itaim Bibi,

CEP 04534-013 Sao Paulo, SP. BRAZIL

Tel: 011-3704-1377

ARGENTINA

Yamaha Music Latin America, S.A.

Sucursal de Argentina

Olga Cossettini 1553, Piso 4 Norte

Madero Este-C1107CEK

Buenos Aires, Argentina

Tel: 011-4119-7000

PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN

AMERICAN COUNTRIES/

CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Music Latin America, S.A.

Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella,

Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia,

Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá

Tel: +507-269-5311

THE UNITED KINGDOM/IRELAND

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH (UK)

Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes,

MK7 8BL, England

Tel: 01908-366700

GERMANY

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germa

Tel: 04101-3030

SWITZERLAND/LIECHTENSTEIN

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH

Branch Switzerland in Zürich

Seefeldstrasse 94, 8008 Zürich, Switzerland

Tel: 044-387-8080

AUSTRIA

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Branch Austria

Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria

Tel: 01-60203900

CZECH REPUBLIC/HUNGARY/

ROMANIA/SLOVAKIA/SLOVENIA

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH

Branch Austria (Central Eastern Europe Ofce)

Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria

Tel: 01-602039025

POLAND/LITHUANIA/LATVIA/ESTONIA

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH

Branch Poland Ofce

ul. Wrotkowa 14 02-553 Warsaw, Poland

Tel: 022-500-2925

BULGARIA

Dinacord Bulgaria LTD.

Bul.Iskarsko Schose 7 Targowski Zentar Ewropa

1528 Soa, Bulgaria

Tel: 02-978-20-25

MALTA

Olimpus Music Ltd.

The Emporium, Level 3, St. Louis Street Msida

MSD06

Tel: 02133-2144

THE NETHERLANDS/

BELGIUM/LUXEMBOURG

Yamaha Music Europe Branch Benelux

Clarissenhof 5-b, 4133 AB Vianen, The Netherlands

Tel: 0347-358 040

FRANCE

Yamaha Music Europe

7 rue Ambroise Croizat, Zone d'activités Pariest,

77183 Croissy-Beaubourg, France

Tel: 01-64-61-4000

ITALY

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Branch Italy

Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy

Tel: 02-935-771

SPAIN/PORTUGAL

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Ibérica, Sucursal

en España

Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230

Las Rozas (Madrid), Spain

Tel: 91-639-8888

GREECE

Philippos Nakas S.A. The Music House

147 Skiathou Street, 112-55 Athens, Greece

Tel: 01-228 2160

SWEDEN

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Germany lial

Scandinavia

J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1, Box 30053

S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden

Tel: 031 89 34 00

DENMARK

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Tyskland – lial

Denmark

Generatorvej 6A, DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark

Tel: 44 92 49 00

FINLAND

F-Musiikki Oy

Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260,

SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland

Tel: 09 618511

NORWAY

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Germany -

Norwegian Branch

Grini Næringspark 1, N-1345 Østerås, Norway

Tel: 67 16 77 70

ICELAND

Skifan HF

Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120, IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland

Tel: 525 5000

RUSSIA

Yamaha Music (Russia)

Room 37, bld. 7, Kievskaya street, Moscow,

121059, Russia

Tel: 495 626 5005

OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany

Tel: +49-4101-3030

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Pacic Sales & Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu,

Japan 430-8650

Tel: +81-53-460-2313

TURKEY/CYPRUS

Yamaha Music Europe GmbH

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

OTHER COUNTRIES

Yamaha Music Gulf FZE

LOB 16-513, P.O.Box 17328, Jubel Ali,

Dubai, United Arab Emirates

Tel: +971-4-881-5868

THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

Yamaha Music & Electronics (China) Co.,Ltd.

2F, Yunhedasha, 1818 Xinzha-lu, Jingan-qu,

Shanghai, China

Tel: 021-6247-2211

HONG KONG

Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.

11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road,

Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Tel: 2737-7688

INDIA

Yamaha Music India Pvt. Ltd.

Spazedge building, Ground Floor, Tower A, Sector

47, Gurgaon- Sohna Road, Gurgaon, Haryana, India

Tel: 0124-485-3300

INDONESIA

PT. Yamaha Musik Indonesia (Distributor)

PT. Nusantik

Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot

Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia

Tel: 021-520-2577

KOREA

Yamaha Music Korea Ltd.

8F, 9F, Dongsung Bldg. 158-9 Samsung-Dong,

Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea

Tel: 02-3467-3300

MALAYSIA

Yamaha Music (Malaysia) Sdn., Bhd.

Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya,

Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia

Tel: 03-78030900

PHILIPPINES

Yupangco Music Corporation

339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO,

Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines

Tel: 819-7551

SINGAPORE

Yamaha Music (Asia) PRIVATE LIMITED

Blk 202 Hougang Street 21, #02-00,

Singapore 530202, Singapore

Tel: 6747-4374

TAIWAN

Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd.

3F, #6, Sec.2, Nan Jing E. Rd. Taipei.

Taiwan 104, R.O.C.

Tel: 02-2511-8688

THAILAND

Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd.

4, 6, 15 and 16th oor, Siam Motors Building,

891/1 Rama 1 Road, Wangmai,

Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand

Tel: 02-215-2622

OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Pacic Sales & Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu,

Japan 430-8650

Tel: +81-53-460-2313

AUSTRALIA

Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd.

Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank,

Victoria 3006, Australia

Tel: 3-9693-5111

NEW ZEALAND

Music Works LTD

P.O.BOX 6246 Wellesley, Auckland 4680,

New Zealand

Tel: 9-634-0099

COUNTRIES AND TRUST

TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Pacic Sales & Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu,

Japan 430-8650

Tel: +81-53-460-2313

NORTH AMERICA

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA

EUROPE

AFRICA

MIDDLE EAST

ASIA

OCEANIA

DMI6

Yamaha Global Site http://www.yamaha.com/

Yamaha Downloads http://download.yamaha.com/

ZE42920

Published 04/2014 PO##*.*-**B0

C.S,G., DMI Development Division

Printed in China

Documenttranscriptie

DIGITAL KEYBOARD Owner’s Manual EN SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter). DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically recommended by Yamaha. WARNING: Do not place this product in a position where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over power or connecting cords of any kind. The use of an extension cord is not recommended! If you must use an extension cord, the minimum wire size for a 25’ cord (or less ) is 18 AWG. NOTE: The smaller the AWG number, the larger the current handling capacity. For longer extension cords, consult a local electrician. This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory product. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE: The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update existing units. This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before damage occurs. Some Yamaha products may have benches and / or accessory mounting fixtures that are either supplied with the product or as optional accessories. Some of these items are designed to be dealer assembled or installed. Please make sure that benches are stable and any optional fixtures (where applicable) are well secured BEFORE using. Benches supplied by Yamaha are designed for seating only. No other uses are recommended. NOTICE: Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how a function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are not covered by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore the owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult your dealer before requesting service. Battery Notice: This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes necessary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the replacement. This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery being charged. When installing batteries, never mix old batteries with new ones, and never mix different types of batteries. Batteries MUST be installed correctly. Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and battery case rupture. Warning: Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as regulated by the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area for battery disposal information. Disposal Notice: Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable to assist you, please contact Yamaha directly. NAME PLATE LOCATION: The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your purchase. Model Serial No. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the production methods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to be aware of the following: 92-BP (bottom) Purchase Date PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.) 1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT! This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product. 2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/ or another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product in the USA. 3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used according to the instructions found in the users manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance with FCC regulations does * This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA. 2 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference, which can be determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures: Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference. Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s. In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial type cable. If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA90620 The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries. (class B) Information for Users on Collection and Disposal of Old Equipment and used Batteries These symbols on the products, packaging, and/or accompanying documents mean that used electrical and electronic products and batteries should not be mixed with general household waste. For proper treatment, recovery and recycling of old products and used batteries, please take them to applicable collection points, in accordance with your national legislation and the Directives 2002/96/EC and 2006/66/EC. By disposing of these products and batteries correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment which could otherwise arise from inappropriate waste handling. For more information about collection and recycling of old products and batteries, please contact your local municipality, your waste disposal service or the point of sale where you purchased the items. [For business users in the European Union] If you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplier for further information. [Information on Disposal in other Countries outside the European Union] These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you wish to discard these items, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask for the correct method of disposal. Note for the battery symbol (bottom two symbol examples): This symbol might be used in combination with a chemical symbol. In this case it complies with the requirement set by the Directive for the chemical involved. (weee_battery_eu_en_01) COMPLIANCE INFORMATION STATEMENT (DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY PROCEDURE) Responsible Party : Yamaha Corporation of America Address : 6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620 Telephone : 714-522-9011 Type of Equipment : Digital Keyboard Model Name : PSR-E343/YPT-340 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. See user manual instructions if interference to radio reception is suspected. * This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA. (FCC DoC) OBSERVERA! Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) så länge som den ar ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har stängts av. ADVARSEL: Netspændingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt, sålænge netledningen sidder i en stikkontakt, som er tændt — også selvom der er slukket på apparatets afbryder. VAROITUS: Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko laitetta verkosta. (standby) Entsorgung leerer Batterien (nur innerhalb Deutschlands) Leisten Sie einen Beitrag zum Umweltschutz. Verbrauchte Batterien oder Akkumulatoren dürfen nicht in den Hausmüll. Sie können bei einer Sammelstelle für Altbatterien bzw. Sondermüll abgegeben werden. Informieren Sie sich bei Ihrer Kommune. (battery) The model number, serial number, power requirements, etc., may be found on or near the name plate, which is at the bottom of the unit. You should note this serial number in the space provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your purchase to aid identification in the event of theft. Model No. Serial No. (bottom_en_01) PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 3 About the Manuals In addition to this Owner’s Manual, the following Online materials (PDF files) are available. MIDI Reference Contains MIDI-related information, such as the MIDI Implementation Chart. MIDI Basics (only in English, French, German and Spanish) Contains basic explanations about what MIDI is and can do. Computer-related Operations Contains instructions about computer-related functions. iPhone/iPad Connection Manual Explains how to connect the instrument to smart devices, such iPhone, iPad, etc. To obtain these manuals, access the Yamaha Downloads, enter “PSR-E343” (for example) to the Model Name box, then click [SEARCH]. Yamaha Downloads http://download.yamaha.com/ Song Book (only in English, French, German and Spanish) Contains music scores for the preset Songs (excluding the Demo Songs) of this instrument. After completing the user registration at the website below, you can download this Song Book free of charge. Yamaha Online Member https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/ You will need the PRODUCT ID on the sheet (“Online Member Product Registration”) packaged with this manual in order to fill out the User Registration form. Included Accessories • Owner’s Manual (this book) • AC Power Adaptor*1 • Music Rest • Online Member Product Registration*2 *1: May not be included depending on your particular locale. Check with your Yamaha dealer. *2: The PRODUCT ID on the sheet will be needed when you fill out the User Registration form. Formats and functions GM System Level 1 USB “GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data can be accurately played by any GMcompatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level. USB is an abbreviation for Universal Serial Bus. It is a serial interface for connecting a computer with peripheral devices. It allows “hot swapping” (connecting peripheral devices while the power to the computer is on). XGlite The Style File Format combines all of Yamaha’s auto accompaniment know-how into a single unified format. As its name implies, “XGlite” is a simplified version of Yamaha’s high-quality XG tone generation format. Naturally, you can play back any XG song data using an XGlite tone generator. However, keep in mind that some songs may play back differently compared to the original data, due to the reduced set of control parameters and effects. 4 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual STYLE FILE Touch Response The exceptionally natural Touch Response feature gives you maximum expressive control over the level of the Voices. Thank you for purchasing this Yamaha Digital Keyboard! We recommend that you read this manual carefully so that you can fully take advantage of the advanced and convenient functions of the instrument. We also recommend that you keep this manual in a safe and handy place for future reference. Contents About the Manuals................................................ 4 Included Accessories............................................ 4 Formats and functions .......................................... 4 Setting Up Panel Controls and Terminals Setting Up 8 10 13 Display Items ...................................................... 13 Basic Operations ................................................ 13 Reference Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices 14 Selecting a Main Voice ....................................... 14 Playing the “Grand Piano” .................................. 14 Using the Metronome ......................................... 14 Layering a Dual Voice ........................................ 15 Playing a Split Voice in the Left Hand area ........ 15 Playing with enhanced, more spacious sound (Ultra-Wide Stereo)........................................ 15 Adding Harmony................................................. 16 Applying Effects to the Sound ............................ 16 Playing Styles 17 Using the Music Database.................................. 18 Registering a Style File....................................... 18 Style Variations—Sections ................................. 19 Changing the Tempo .......................................... 19 Chord Types for Style Playback ......................... 20 Looking Up Chords Using the Chord Dictionary. 21 Playing Songs Using the Melody Suppressor .............................25 Using the Song Lesson Feature Power Requirements .......................................... 10 Using the music rest ........................................... 11 Connecting Headphones or External Audio Equipment .. 11 Connecting a Footswitch to the SUSTAIN jack .. 11 Turning the Power On/Off................................... 11 Auto Power Off Function .................................... 12 Selecting an EQ Setting for the Best Sound....... 12 Changing the Touch Sensitivity of the Keyboard 12 Display Items and Basic Operations Playing an External Audio Device with the Built-in Speakers 25 22 Listening to a Demo Song .................................. 22 Selecting and Playing Back a Song.................... 22 BGM Playback.................................................... 23 Song Fast Forward, Fast Reverse, and Pause .. 23 Changing the Melody Voice................................ 23 A-B Repeat ......................................................... 24 Turning Each Part On/Off ................................... 24 26 Downloading the Song Book............................... 26 Keys To Success ................................................26 Listening, Timing and Waiting .............................28 Keys to Success with Listening, Timing or Waiting.29 Phrase Repeat .................................................... 29 Recording Your Performance 30 Track Structure of a Song ...................................30 Quick Recording..................................................30 Recording to a Specified Track ...........................31 Clearing a User Song..........................................31 Memorizing Your Favorite Panel Settings 32 Memorizing Panel Settings to the Registration Memory ..32 Recalling Panel Settings from the Registration Memory ..32 The Functions 33 Using with a Computer or iPad/iPhone 36 Connecting to a computer ...................................36 Connecting an iPad/iPhone.................................36 Backup and Initialization 36 Backup Parameters.............................................36 Initialization .........................................................36 Appendix Troubleshooting............................................. 37 Song Book Sample ........................................ 38 Voice List ........................................................ 48 Drum Kit List .................................................. 53 Song List......................................................... 56 Style List ......................................................... 57 Music Database List ...................................... 58 Effect Type List .............................................. 59 Specifications................................................. 60 Index................................................................ 61 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 5 PRECAUTIONS PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING Please keep this manual in a safe and handy place for future reference. WARNING Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical shock, short-circuiting, damages, fire or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: Power supply/AC power adaptor Battery • Do not place the power cord near heat sources such as heaters or radiators. Also, do not excessively bend or otherwise damage the cord, or place heavy objects on it. • Follow the precautions below. Failure to do so might result in explosion, fire, overheating or battery fluid leakage. - Do not tamper with or disassemble batteries. • Only use the voltage specified as correct for the instrument. The required voltage is printed on the name plate of the instrument. - Do not dispose of batteries in fire. - Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not designed to be charged. • Use the specified adaptor (page 60) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument or overheating. - Keep the batteries separate from metallic objects such as necklaces, hairpins, coins, and keys. • Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust which may have accumulated on it. - Use the specified battery type (page 10) only. - Use new batteries, all of which are the same type, same model, and made by the same manufacturer. Do not open - Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with the +/- polarity markings. • This instrument contains no user-serviceable parts. Do not open the instrument or attempt to disassemble or modify the internal components in any way. If it should appear to be malfunctioning, discontinue use immediately and have it inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. - When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used for a long time, remove the batteries from the instrument. - When using Ni-MH batteries, follow the instructions that came with the batteries. Use only the specified charger device when charging. • Keep batteries away from small children who might accidentally swallow them. Water warning • Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in damp or wet conditions, place on it any containers (such as vases, bottles or glasses) containing liquids which might spill into any openings. If any liquid such as water seeps into the instrument, turn off the power immediately and unplug the power cord from the AC outlet. Then have the instrument inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. • Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet hands. • If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked fluid. If the battery fluid should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or skin, wash immediately with water and consult a doctor. Battery fluid is corrosive and may possibly cause loss of sight or chemical burns. If you notice any abnormality • When one of the following problems occur, immediately turn off the power switch and disconnect the electric plug from the outlet. (If you are using batteries, remove all batteries from the instrument.) Then have the device inspected by Yamaha service personnel. Fire warning - The power cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged. • Do not put burning items, such as candles, on the unit. A burning item may fall over and cause a fire. - It emits unusual smells or smoke. - Some object has been dropped into the instrument. - There is a sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument. CAUTION Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage to the instrument or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: Power supply/AC power adaptor Location • Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a multiple-connector. Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or possibly cause overheating in the outlet. • When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an outlet, always hold the plug itself and not the cord. Pulling by the cord can damage it. • Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it might accidentally fall over. • Before moving the instrument, remove all connected cables, to prevent damage to the cables or injury to anyone who might trip over them. • Remove the electric plug from the outlet when the instrument is not to be used for extended periods of time, or during electrical storms. DMI-5 6 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 1/2 • When setting up the product, make sure that the AC outlet you are using is easily accessible. If some trouble or malfunction occurs, immediately turn off the power switch and disconnect the plug from the outlet. Even when the power switch is turned off, electricity is still flowing to the product at the minimum level. When you are not using the product for a long time, make sure to unplug the power cord from the wall AC outlet. • Do not insert a finger or hand in any gaps on the instrument. • Use only the stand specified for the instrument. When attaching the stand or rack, use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could cause damage to the internal components or result in the instrument falling over. • Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instrument, and do not use excessive force on the buttons, switches or connectors. Connections • Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, turn off the power for all components. Before turning the power on or off for all components, set all volume levels to minimum. Handling caution • Never insert or drop paper, metallic, or other objects into the gaps on the panel or keyboard. This could cause physical injury to you or others, damage to the instrument or other property, or operational failure. • Do not use the instrument/device or headphones for a long period of time at a high or uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a physician. • Be sure to set the volumes of all components at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level. Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused by improper use or modifications to the instrument, or data that is lost or destroyed. Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use. Even when the [ ] (Standby/On) switch is in standby status, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you are not using the instrument for a long time, make sure you unplug the power cord from the wall AC outlet. Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations. NOTICE To avoid the possibility of malfunction/ damage to the product, damage to data, or damage to other property, follow the notices below.  Handling and Maintenance • Do not use the instrument in the vicinity of a TV, radio, stereo equipment, mobile phone, or other electric devices. Otherwise, the instrument, TV, or radio may generate noise. When you use the instrument along with the application on your iPhone/iPad, we recommend that you set “Airplane Mode” to “ON” on your iPhone/iPad in order to avoid noise caused by communication. • Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or extreme cold or heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in a car during the day) to prevent the possibility of panel disfiguration, damage to the internal components or unstable operation. (Verified operating temperature range: 5° – 40°C, or 41° – 104°F.) • Do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber objects on the instrument, since this might discolor the panel or keyboard. • When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use paint thinners, solvents, cleaning fluids, or chemical-impregnated wiping cloths.  Saving data • Saved data may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Save important data to external device such as a computer. (page 36) Information  About copyrights • Copying of the commercially available musical data including but not limited to MIDI data and/or audio data is strictly prohibited except for your personal use. • This product incorporates and bundles computer programs and contents in which Yamaha owns copyrights or with respect to which it has license to use others’ copyrights. Such copyrighted materials include, without limitation, all computer software, style files, MIDI files, WAVE data, musical scores and sound recordings. Any unauthorized use of such programs and contents outside of personal use is not permitted under relevant laws. Any violation of copyright has legal consequences. DON’T MAKE, DISTRIBUTE OR USE ILLEGAL COPIES.  About functions/data bundled with the instrument • Some of the preset songs have been edited for length or arrangement, and may not be exactly the same as the original.  About this manual • The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this manual are for instructional purposes only, and may appear somewhat different from those on your instrument. • iPhone and iPad are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. • The company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. DMI-5 2/2 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 7 Panel Controls and Terminals Setting Up Front Panel Song List (page 56) Style List (page 57) Display (page 13) q w e r i t y o !1 !2 !3 !4 q w e r t y [ ] (Standby/On) switch ..................... page 11 [MASTER VOLUME] control ................ page 11 [DEMO] button......................................page 23 [FUNCTION] button ..............................page 33 [METRONOME] button......................... page 14 [TEMPO/TAP] button............................ page 19 In the Song mode u PART [L] button ..............................................page 28 [R] button ..............................................page 28 In the Recording mode u [REC TRACK 2] button.........................page 30 [REC TRACK 1] button.........................page 30 The “Press & Hold” Symbol Buttons having this indication can be used to call up an alternate function when the relevant button is pressed and held. Hold down this button until the function is called up. 8 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual C2 GrandPno 001 !0 u C1 001 !5 !6 C3 i [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button .............. page 26 o [PHRASE REPEAT] button .................. page 29 !0 [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button ............................................................... page 28 In the Song mode !1 [A-B REPEAT] button........................... page 24 !2 [REW] button ........................................ page 23 !3 [FF] button ............................................ page 23 !4 [PAUSE] button .................................... page 23 In the Style mode !1 [ACMP ON/OFF] button ....................... page 17 !2 [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button................. page 19 !3 [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button.................... page 19 !4 [SYNC START] button .......................... page 17 !7 !8 !9 @1 C4 @2 Panel Controls and Terminals Rear Panel Voice List (page 48) Music Database List (page 58) #0 @0 #2 @5 @6 @7 @8 #3 @3 #1 #4 @4 @9 C5 !5 !6 !7 !8 !9 @0 @1 @2 @3 @4 @5 @6 @7 @8 @9 C6 [START/STOP] button...................pages 17, 22 [REC] button ........................................ page 30 [SONG] button ..................................... page 22 [VOICE] button......................................page 14 [STYLE] button .....................................page 17 Number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]............page 13 [PORTABLE GRAND] button ...............page 14 [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] button...........page 15 [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] button ....... page 25 [REGIST MEMORY] button.................. page 32 [MUSIC DATABASE] button .................page 18 [DUAL] button .......................................page 15 [SPLIT] button.......................................page 15 [HARMONY] button ..............................page 16 Drum illustrations for the Drum Kit ....page 14 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4 SUSTAIN jack........................................ page 11 USB TO HOST terminal* ......................page 36 AUX IN jack ...........................................page 25 PHONES/OUTPUT jack ........................ page 11 DC IN jack .............................................page 10 * For connecting to a computer. For details, refer to “Computerrelated Operations” (page 4) on the website. When connecting, use an AB type USB cable of less than 3 meters. USB 3.0 cables cannot be used. Each of these indicates the drum or percussion instrument assigned to the corresponding key for “Standard Kit 1.” PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 9 Setting Up  Installing the batteries Power Requirements Although the instrument will run either from an optional AC adaptor or batteries, Yamaha recommends use of an AC adaptor whenever possible. An AC adaptor is more environmentally friendly than batteries and does not deplete resources. 1 Make sure that the power of the instrument is off (display is blank, except for notation staff). 2 Open the battery compartment cover located on the instrument’s bottom panel. Using an AC Power Adaptor 1 Make sure that the power of the instrument is off (the backlight display is off). WARNING • Use the specified adaptor (page 60) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument or overheating. 3 Insert the six new batteries, being careful to follow the polarity markings on the inside of the compartment. 2 Connect the AC adaptor to the power supply jack. 3 Plug the AC adaptor into an AC outlet. CAUTION • When setting up the product, make sure that the AC outlet you are using is easily accessible. If some trouble or malfunction occurs, immediately turn off the power switch and disconnect the plug from the outlet. Even when the power switch is turned off, electricity is still flowing to the product at the minimum level. When you are not using the product for a long time, make sure to unplug the power cord from the wall AC outlet. 4 Replace the compartment cover, making sure that it locks firmly in place. NOTICE • Connecting or disconnecting the power adaptor with batteries installed may turn the power off, resulting in loss of data being recorded or transferred at the time. 2 AC power adaptor 3 AC outlet When battery power becomes too low for proper operation, the volume may be reduced, the sound may be distorted, and other problems may occur. When this happens, make sure to replace all batteries with new ones or already-recharged ones. NOTE Using Batteries This instrument requires six “AA” size, Alkaline (LR6)/Manganese (R6) batteries, or rechargeable nickel-metal hydride batteries (rechargeable Ni-MH batteries). The Alkaline batteries or rechargeable NiMH batteries are recommended for this instrument, since other types may result in poorer battery performance. WARNING • When using Ni-MH batteries, follow the instructions that came with the batteries. Use only the specified charger device when charging. 10 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual • This instrument cannot charge the batteries. Use only the specified charger device when charging. • Power will be automatically drawn from the AC adaptor if an AC adaptor is connected while batteries are installed in the instrument. Setting Up  Setting the battery type After installing new batteries and turning the power on, make sure to set the Battery Type appropriately (rechargeable or not) via Function number 042 (page 35). NOTICE • Failure to set the Battery Type may shorten the amount of the battery life. Make sure to set the Battery Type correctly. NOTICE • When the instrument’s sound is output to an external device, first turn on the power to the instrument, then to the external device. Reverse this order when you turn the power off. Connecting a Footswitch to the SUSTAIN jack Using the music rest Insert the music rest into the slots as shown. You can produce a natural sustain as you play by pressing an optional Footswitch plugged into the [SUSTAIN] jack. NOTE • The sustain function does not affect split voices (page 15). • Make sure that the footswitch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power. Connecting Headphones or External Audio Equipment • Do not press the footswitch while turning the power on. Doing this changes the recognized polarity of the footswitch, resulting in reversed footswitch operation. Turning the Power On/Off Any pair of stereo headphones with a 1/4” stereo phone plug can be plugged in here for convenient monitoring. The speakers are automatically shut off when a plug is inserted into this jack. The PHONES/OUTPUT jack also functions as an external output. You can connect the PHONES/OUTPUT jack to a keyboard amplifier, stereo system, mixer, tape recorder, or other line-level audio device to send the instrument’s output signal to that device. Turn down the [MASTER VOLUME] control to “MIN” then press the [ ] (Standby/On) switch to turn on the power. While playing the keyboard, adjust the [MASTER VOLUME] control. To turn off the power, press the [ ] (Standby/On) switch again for a second. While playing the keyboard, use the [MASTER VOLUME] control to adjust the volume to an appropriate level. CAUTION CAUTION • Do not use the instrument/device or headphones for a long period of time at a high or uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a physician. • When using a power adaptor, even when the power is off, a small amount of electricity is still being consumed by the instrument. When you are not using the instrument for a long time, make sure to unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet. • Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, set all volume levels to the minimum, then turn off the power for all components. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 11 Setting Up Auto Power Off Function To prevent unnecessary power consumption, this instrument features an Auto Power Off function that automatically turns the power off if the instrument is not operated for a specified period of time. The amount of time that will elapse before the power is automatically turned off is set by default to 30 minutes.  To disable the Auto Power Off function: Selecting an EQ Setting for the Best Sound Six different master equalizer (EQ) settings give you the best possible sound when listening through different reproduction systems—the instrument’s internal speakers, headphones, or an external speaker system. 1 Turn off the power, then press the [ ] (Standby/On) switch to turn on the power while holding down the lowest key. Hold down the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] button for longer than a second to call up “024 MasterEQ.” “MasterEQ” is shown in the display for a few seconds, and the current Master EQ type appears. MasterEQ 024 Hold for longer than a second.  To set the time that elapses before Auto Power Off is executed: 1 While holding down the [FUNCTION] button, press the [+] or [-] button several times until “AutoOff” (Function 041) appears then select the desired value. Settings: OFF, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 120 (minutes) Default value: 30 (minutes) NOTE • Generally, the data and settings are maintained even when the power is turned off. For details, see page 36. NOTICE • Depending on the instrument status, the power may not turn off automatically, even after the elapse of the specified period of time. Always turn off the power manually when the instrument is not in use. • When the instrument is not operated for a specified period of time while connected to an external device such as an amplifier, speaker or computer, make sure to follow the instructions in the Owner’s Manual to turn off the power to the instrument and the connected devices, in order to protect the devices from damage. If you do not want the power to turn off automatically when a device is connected, disable Auto Power Off. Speaker 024 Current Master EQ type 2 Use the [+] or [-] button to select the desired Master EQ type. Master EQ types 1 Speaker Optimum for listening via the instrument’s built-in speakers. 2 Headphone Optimum for headphones, or for listening via external speakers. 3 Boost Features more powerful sound. 4 Piano Optimum for piano solo performance. 5 Bright Lowers the mid range for a brighter sound. 6 Mild Lowers the high range for a softer sound. Changing the Touch Sensitivity of the Keyboard You can specify the Touch Sensitivity (how the sound responds to your playing strength). This can be set via Function number 007 (page 33). 12 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Display Items and Basic Operations Display Items Song/Voice/Style Lesson Indication These indicate the operating condition of the instrument. On/Off status This area indicates the lesson related status. This area indicates the on/off status of each function. Each indication is shown when the corresponding function is turned on. Indicates that Keys To Success (page 26) is on. ... Page 12 Indicates that Phrase Repeat (page 29) is on. Notation Normally this indicates the notes you play. When the Song Lesson function is used, this indicates the current notes and chord of playback. When the Dictionary function (page 21) is used, this indicates the notes of the chord you specify. 001 NOTE • Any notes occurring below or above the staff are indicated by “8va.” • For a few specific chords, not all notes may be shown, due to space limitations in the display. ... Page 17 ... Page 15 ... Page 15 ... Page 16 GrandPno 003 Chord Song Track status Indicates the chord which is played on the Auto Accompaniment range (page 17) of the keyboard, or specified via Song playback. Measure or Function Normally indicates the current measure number of current Style or Song. When the [FUNCTION] button (page 33) is in use, this indicates the Function number. 003 ... Page 15 Indicates the Passing Status (page 27) of the Keys To Success lesson. Indicates the on/off status of Song playback or target Track of Song recording. Lit: Track contains data Unlit: Track is muted or contains no data Flashing: Track is selected as recording track 027 Keyboard Display Beat Indicates the current beat of playback. Indicates notes currently being played. Indicates the melody and chord notes of a Song when the Song lesson function is in use. Also indicates the notes of a chord—either when playing a chord or when using the Dictionary function. Basic Operations Before operating the instrument, it may be helpful to familiarize yourself with the basic controls below that are used to select items and change values.  Number buttons  [-] and [+] buttons Use the Number buttons to directly enter an item or value. For numbers that start with one or two zeroes, the first zeroes can be omitted. Press the [+] button briefly to increase the value by 1, or press the [-] button briefly to decrease the value by 1. Press and hold either button to continuously increase or decrease the value in the corresponding direction. Example: Selecting Voice 003, Harpsichord. Press number buttons [0], [0], [3], or simply press [3]. Press briefly to decrease. Press briefly to increase. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 13 Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices Reference In addition to piano, organ, and other “standard” keyboard instruments, this instrument has a large range of voices that includes guitar, bass, strings, sax, trumpet, drums and percussion, and even sound effects—giving you a wide variety of musical sounds. Selecting a Main Voice 1 Press the [VOICE] button. The Voice number and name will be shown. Playing the “Grand Piano” When you want to reset various settings to default and simply play a Piano sound, press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button. Voice number 001 GrandPno Appears after the [VOICE] button is pressed. Voice name The Voice shown here becomes the Main Voice for the instrument. The Voice “Grand Piano” will automatically be selected as the Main Voice. Using the Metronome 2 Use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-] buttons to select the desired Voice. Refer to the Voice List on page 48. 095 Flute The instrument features a built-in metronome (a device that keeps an accurate tempo), convenient for practicing. 1 Press the [METRONOME] button to start the metronome. 2 Press the [METRONOME] button again to stop the metronome. Select 095 Flute 3 Play the keyboard. To change the tempo: Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button to call up the Tempo value, then use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]. Preset Voice Types 001–187 Instrument Voices (including sound effects). 188–205 (Drum Kit) Various drum and percussion sounds are assigned to individual keys, from which they can be played. Details on the instruments and key assignments of each Drum Kit can be found in the Drum Kit List on page 53. 206–550 XGlite Voices 000 One Touch Setting (OTS) The One Touch Setting feature automatically selects the most suitable Voice when you select a Style or Song. Simply select Voice number “000” to activate this feature. 090 Tempo Current Tempo value Press the [+] and [-] buttons simultaneously to instantly reset the value to the default tempo. To set the Time Signature: Press and hold the [METRONOME] button to call up “TimeSigN” (Functions 032; page 34), then use the Number buttons. To set the Metronome Volume: This can be set via Function number 034 (page 34). 14 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices Split Point ... default setting: 54 (F#2) Layering a Dual Voice In addition to the Main Voice, you can layer a different Voice over the entire keyboard as a “Dual Voice.” 1 36 Press the [DUAL] button to turn Dual on. 001 2 Press the [DUAL] button again to exit from Dual. To select a different Dual Voice: Although turning on Dual will select a Dual Voice suitable for the current Main Voice, you can easily select a different Dual Voice by pressing and holding the [Dual] button to call up “D.Voice” (Function 012; page 34), then using the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]. Playing a Split Voice in the Left Hand area 84 Main Voice and Dual Voice Press the [SPLIT] button again to exit from Split. To select a different Split Voice: Press and hold the [Split] button to call up “S.Voice” (Function 016; page 34), then use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]. Playing with enhanced, more spacious sound (Ultra-Wide Stereo) You can play the keyboard with a spacious, wider sound effect that gives you the sensation of hearing the sound outside of the speakers by turning on the Ultra-Wide Stereo effect. 1 By dividing the keyboard into the two separate areas, you can play a different Voice between the Left hand and Right hand areas. 1 72 You can play a “Split Voice” on the Left hand area of the keyboard while playing a Main Voice and Dual Voice on the Right hand area of the keyboard. The highest key for the Left hand area is referred to as the “Split Point” (Function 006; page 33) which can be changed from the default F#2 key. Appears when dual voice is on 2 60 Split Voice GrandPno Two voices will sound at the same time. 48 Press the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] button to turn it on. 001 Press the [SPLIT] button to turn on Split. The keyboard is divided into the Left hand and Right hand areas. GrandPno Appears when UltraWide Stereo is on. The sound will expand around you—as if the speaker position is outside of the instrument. 001 GrandPno Appears when split voice is on 2 Press the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] button again to turn it off. To select the Ultra-Wide Stereo type: Press and hold the [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO] button to call up “Wide” (Function 025; page 34), then use the Number buttons. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 15 Playing a Variety of Instrument Voices Adding Harmony How to sound each Harmony Type You can add harmony notes to the Main Voice. 1 Press the [HARMONY] button to turn Harmony on. If you don’t want to have a Harmony effect or harmony notes, press the [HARMONY] button again to turn Harmony off. 001 • Harmony type 01 to 05 Press the right-hand keys while playing chords in the auto accompaniment range of the keyboard when the Auto Accompaniment is on (page 17). • Harmony type 06 to 12 (Trill) GrandPno Hold down two keys. • Harmony type 13 to 19 (Tremolo) This icon appears when the [HARMONY] button is pressed. Although turning on the Harmony will select a Harmony Type suitable for the current Main Voice, you can select a different Harmony Type. 2 Hold down the [HARMONY] button for longer than a second until “HarmType” (Functions 026; page 34) appears on the display. After “HarmType” is shown for a few seconds, the current Harmony Type appears. HarmType Hold for longer than a second. 02 Trio Current Harmony Type 3 16 Press the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-] to select the desired Harmony Type. For details, refer to the Harmony Type list on page 59. The effect and operation differs depending on the Harmony Type. Refer to the section on the right side. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Keep holding down the keys. • Harmony type 20 to 26 (Echo) Play the keys. To adjust the Harmony Volume: This can be adjusted via Function number 027 (page 34). Applying Effects to the Sound This instrument can apply various Effects as listed below to the instrument’s sound. Reverb Adds the ambience of a club or concert hall to the sound. Although the best-suited Reverb type is called up by selecting a Song or Style, you can select another one via Function number 020 (page 34). You can also set the Reverb depth via Function number 021 (page 34). Chorus Makes the Voice sound richer, warmer and more spacious. Although the best-suited Chorus type is called up by selecting a Song or Style, you can select another one via Function number 022 (page 34). Sustain By turning on the Sustain parameter of Function number 023 (page 34), you can add a fixed sustain to the keyboard Voices. Sustain can also be applied with the optional footswitch (page 11). Playing Styles This instrument includes the Auto Accompaniment feature that plays appropriate “Styles” (rhythm + bass + chord accompaniment). You can select from a huge variety of Styles covering a wide range of musical genres. 1 Press the [STYLE] button, then use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-] to select the desired Style. The Style List is provided on the front panel, or in the Style List (page 57). 4 Style Number 002 Play a chord in the Auto Accompaniment range to start playback. Play a melody with the right hand and chords with the left hand. For information about chords, refer to “Chord Types for Style Playback” (page 20) or use the Chord Dictionary function (page 21). 8BtModrn Split Point Style Name This icon appears when the [STYLE] button is pressed. 2 Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn on the Auto Accompaniment. 021 With this operation, the area of the keyboard to the left of the Split Point (54: F#2) becomes the “Auto Accompaniment range” and is used only for specifying the chords. Split Point ... default setting: 54 (F#2) 60 48 Press the [START/STOP] button to stop playback. LoveSong This icon appears when automatic accompaniment is on. 36 5 72 You can add intro, ending and rhythm variations to Style playback by using “Sections.” For details, refer to page 19. To play back the rhythm part only If you press the [START/STOP] button (without pressing the [ACMP ON/OFF] button in step 2), only the rhythm part can be played back, and you can play a melody performance using the entire keyboard range. NOTE • Since the Pianist category Styles (128–136) have no rhythm parts, no sound will be produced if you start rhythm-only playback. Auto Accompaniment range The highest key for the Auto Accompaniment range is referred to as the “Split Point,” which can be changed from the default of F#2 via Function number 006 (page 33). 3 Adjusting the Style Volume To adjust the volume balance between Style playback and keyboard, you can adjust the Style Volume. This can be set via Function number 001 (page 33). Press the [SYNC START] button to turn Synchro Start on. 021 LoveSong Flashes when sync start is on. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 17 Playing Styles Using the Music Database If you have difficulty finding and selecting the desired Style and Voice, use this feature. From the Music Database, just selecting the favorite music genre calls up the ideal settings. 1 Press the [MUSIC DATABASE] button. Both the Auto Accompaniment and Synchro Start are automatically turned on. 001 2 3 Registering a Style File In addition to the Preset Styles, you can register an external Style file (“.sty” file transferred from a computer) as Style number 137 which will be used in the same way as the Preset Styles. 1 Transfer the Style file (***.sty) from a computer to this instrument by using Musicsoft Downloader. For instructions, refer to “Computer-related Operations” (page 4) on the website. You can transfer two or more Styles to this instrument although only a single Style can be registered to Style number 137. 2 Press the [FUNCTION] button several times until “StyleReg” (Function 008; page 33) appears. AlvFever Use the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-] to select the desired Music Database. This operation calls up the panel settings such as Voice and Style that are registered to the selected Music Database. The Music Database List is provided on the front panel, or in the Music Database List (page 58). StyleReg Play the keyboard as described in Steps 4–5 on page 17. 008 After about two seconds, a registerable Style file name will appear in the display. 18 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 3 If necessary, select the desired Style by using the [+] or [-] button. 4 Press the [0] button. A confirmation message for the register operation will appear. 5 Press the [+/YES] button to actually register the file. Playing Styles Style Variations—Sections 7 Each Style consists of “Sections” that allow you to vary the arrangement of the accompaniment to match the song you are playing. These instructions cover a typical example for using the Sections. After the Intro finishes, play the keyboard according to the progression of the Song you are playing. Play chords with your left hand while playing melodies with your right hand, and press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button as necessary. The Section will change to Fill-in then Main A or B. FILL A≥B 8 1–3 Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. Same as Steps 1–3 in page 17. 4 MAIN A Current Section 5 Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. INTRO≥A Now, you’re ready to start Style playback from the Intro section. 6 ENDING Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button to select Main A or Main B. The Section switches to the Ending. When the Ending is finished, Style playback stops automatically. You can have the Ending gradually slow down (ritardando) by pressing the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button again while the Ending is playing back. Changing the Tempo Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button to call up the Tempo value, then use the [-] and [+] buttons to adjust the Tempo value. 090 Tempo Current Tempo value Play a chord with your left hand to start playback of the Intro. For this example, play a C major chord (as shown below). For information on how to enter chords, see “Chord Types for Style Playback” on page 20. Split Point Accompaniment range Press the [+] and [-] buttons simultaneously to reset the value to the default tempo of the current Style or Song. Using the Tap function While a Song or Style is playing back, press the [TEMPO/TAP] button just twice at the desired tempo to change the tempo. While Song or Style playback is stopped, tap the [TEMPO/TAP] button several times to start playback at the tapped tempo—four times for a 4-beat Song or Style or three times for a 3-beat Song or Style. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 19 Playing Styles Chord Types for Style Playback For users who are new to chords, this chart conveniently shows how to play common chords in the Auto Accompaniment range of the keyboard. Since there are many useful chords and many different ways to use them musically, refer to commercially available chord books for further details.  indicates the root note. Major Minor Seventh Minor Seventh Major Seventh C Cm C7 Cm7 CM 7 D Dm D7 Dm7 DM 7 E Em E7 Em7 EM7 C F Fm F7 Fm7 FM7 G Gm G7 Gm7 GM7 A Am A7 Am7 AM 7 B Bm B7 Bm 7 BM 7 • Inversions can be used as well as in “root” position—with the following exceptions: m7, m7b5, 6, m6, sus4, aug, dim7, 7b5, 6(9), sus2 • Inversion of the 7sus4 and m7(11) chords are not recognized if the notes are omitted. • Sus2 chords are indicated by the root name only. • When playing a chord which cannot be recognized by this instrument, nothing is shown on the display. In such a case, only the rhythm and bass parts will be played. Easy Chords This method lets you easily play chords in the accompaniment range of the keyboard using only one, two, or three fingers. For root “C” C To play a major chord Press the root note () of the chord. 20 Cm To play a minor chord Press the root note together with the nearest black key to the left of it. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual C7 To play a seventh chord Press the root note together with the nearest white key to the left of it. Cm 7 To play a minor seventh chord Press the root note together with the nearest white and black keys to the left of it (three keys altogether). Playing Styles Looking Up Chords Using the Chord Dictionary Dict. 001 The Dictionary function is useful when you know the name of a certain chord and want to quickly learn how to play it. 1 2-2. Press the key labeled “M7” in the section between “CHORD TYPE ” and “ROOT.” The notes you should play for the specified chord (root note and chord type) are conveniently shown in the display, both as notation and in the keyboard diagram. Press and hold the [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button for longer than a second to call up “Dict.” “Dict.” will appear in the display. Hold for longer than a second. Dict. Chord name (root and type) This operation will divide the entire keyboard into the three ranges as illustrated below. Dict. • The range to the right of “ROOT ”: Lets you specify the Chord Root, but produces no sound. • The range between “CHORD TYPE ” and “ROOT ”: Lets you specify the Chord Type, but produces no sound. • The range to the left of “CHORD TYPE ”: Lets you play and confirm the Chord specified in the above two ranges. Keyboard playing range Chord Type range 001 Notation of chord Individual notes of chord (keyboard) To call up possible inversions of the chord, press the [+]/[-] buttons. NOTE • About major chords: Simple major chords are usually indicated only by the root note. For example, “C” refers to C major. However, when specifying major chords here, make sure to select “M” (major) after pressing the root note. Root range • These chords are not shown in the Chord Dictionary function: 6(9), M7(9), M7(# 11), b 5, M7b 5, M7aug, m7(11), mM7(9), mM7b 5, 7b 5, sus2 2 As an example, learn how to play a GM7 (G major seventh) chord. 2-1. Press the “G” key in the section to the right of “ROOT ” so that the “G” is shown as the root note. 3 Following the notation and keyboard diagram in the display, try playing a chord in the range to the left of “CHORD TYPE .” When you’ve played the chord properly, a bell sound signals your success and the chord name in the display flashes. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 21 Playing Songs You can simply enjoy listening to the internal Songs, or use them with just about any of the functions, such as Lesson.  Song Category The Songs are organized by category as listed below. These demonstration songs showcase the various sounds of the instrument. Each of these songs has two variations: an easy one which even beginners can practice with ease, and another more challenging version. We’ve collected various folk songs from around the world which have been handed down from through the generations, as well as famous classical pieces. Try playing the melody of these songs with your right hand. Enjoy performing a piece with Style accompaniment (automatic accompaniment data). (Keys to Success is designed so that you master playing the melody with your right hand first, and then learn the roots of the chords with your left hand.) These songs feature solo instruments other than piano—letting you enjoy playing other instrumental voices along with orchestral accompaniment. These included famous pieces from around the world along with well-known piano pieces. Enjoy the beautiful, resonant piano sound as you play solo or along with orchestral backing. Songs you record yourself. Songs transferred from a computer (refer to “Computer-related Operations”—page 4). Listening to a Demo Song Song number Press the [DEMO] button to play Songs in sequence. Playback will repeat continuously, starting again from the first Song (001). 004 Elise 1 Song name Appears after the [Song] button is pressed. 2 To stop playback, press the [DEMO] button. NOTE • You can select a song by using the [+] button after pressing the [DEMO] button. The [-] button can be used to go back to the beginning of the selected Song. Selecting and Playing Back a Song 1 22 Press the [SONG] button, then use the Number buttons to select the desired Song. Refer to the Song List (page 56). PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Press the [START/STOP] button to start playback. To stop playback, press the [START/STOP] button again. To change the tempo: Refer to “Changing the Tempo” on page 19. Adjusting the Song Volume To adjust the volume balance between Song playback and keyboard, you can adjust the Song Volume. This can be set via Function number 002 (page 33). Playing Songs BGM Playback With the default setting, pressing the [DEMO] button will play back only three internal Demo Songs repeatedly. This setting can be changed so that, for example, all internal Songs automatically play back, letting you use the instrument as a background music source. 1 Song Fast Forward, Fast Reverse, and Pause Like the transport controls on an audio player, this instrument lets you fast forward (FF), rewind (REW) and pause (PAUSE) playback of the Song. Fast Forward During playback, press this button to rapidly skip ahead to a later point in the Song. Hold down the [DEMO] button for longer than a second. “DemoGrp” (Function 038; page 35) is shown in the display for a few seconds, followed by the current repeat playback target. Hold for longer than a second. 2 Use the [+] or [-] button to select a playback group. Demo Preset songs (001–003) Preset All preset songs (001–102) User All User songs (103–107) Download All songs transferred from a computer (108–) NOTE • When User songs and Download songs data do not exist, Demo songs are played back. 3 Fast Reverse During playback, press this button to rapidly return to an earlier point in the Song. Press the [DEMO] button to start playback. To stop playback, press the [DEMO] button again or press the [START/STOP] button. Random Song Playback When the Demo Group (above) is set to something other than “Demo,” the playback order via the [DEMO] button can be changed between numerical order and random order. To do this, press the [FUNCTION] button several times until “PlayMode” (Function 039; page 35) is called up, then select “Normal” or “Random.” Pause During playback, press this button to pause playback, and press again to start from that point. NOTE • When the A-B repeat is specified, the Fast Reverse and Fast Forward will only work within the range between A and B. • [REW], [FF] and [PAUSE] button cannot be used during Song playback by using the [DEMO] button. Changing the Melody Voice You can change a Song’s melody Voice to any other desired Voice. 1 2 3 Select a Song. Select the desired Voice. Press and hold the [VOICE] button for longer than a second. “SONG MELODY VOICE” appears in the display for a few seconds, and the selected Voice replaces the Song’s original melody Voice. NOTE • Selecting another Song will cancel the changed Melody Voice. • You cannot change the melody Voice of a User Song. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 23 Playing Songs A-B Repeat Turning Each Part On/Off You can play back only a specific section of a Song repeatedly by setting the A point (start point) and B point (end point) in one-measure increments. A B As indicated above the panel buttons (shown below), a Song consists of two Parts, which can be turned on or off individually by pressing the corresponding button, L or R. Repeat playback of this section 1 Start playback of the Song (page 22). 2 When playback reaches to the point you want to specify as the start point, press the [A-B REPEAT] button to set the A point. 020 FrereJac 010 Lit: Track contains data 3 When playback reaches to the point you want to specify as the end point, press the [A-B REPEAT] button again to set the B point. The specified A-B section of the song will now play repeatedly. NOTE • You can also set the A-B Repeat function when the Song is stopped. Simply use the [REW] and [FF] buttons to select the desired measures, pressing the [A-B REPEAT] button for each point, then start playback. • If you want to set the start point “A” at the top of the Song, press the [A-B REPEAT] button before starting playback. 4 To cancel repeat playback, press the [A-B REPEAT] button. To stop playback, press the [START/STOP] button. NOTE • The A-B Repeat function will be canceled when you select another Song mode. 24 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Unlit: Track is muted or contains no data By turning the left- and right-hand parts on or off during playback, you can listen to the Part (that is turned on), or practice the other part (that is turned off) on the keyboard. NOTE • Selecting another Song will cancel the on/off status of the Parts. Playing an External Audio Device with the Built-in Speakers You can output the sound of an external audio device, such as a portable music player, with the built-in speakers of this instrument by connecting it via a cable. This lets you play the keyboard along with playback of your music player. 1 Turn off the power for both the external audio device and this instrument. 2 Connect the audio device to the instrument’s [AUX IN] jack. Use the cable which has the stereo-mini plug at one side for connecting to this instrument and the plug matching the output jack of the external audio device at the other side. CAUTION • Before connecting, turn off the power of both this instrument and the external audio device. Also, before turning the power on or off, make sure to set all volume levels to minimum (0). Otherwise, damage to the devices, electrical shock, or even permanent hearing loss may occur. NOTICE • After connecting, first turn on the power to the external audio device then to this instrument. Reverse this order when you turn the power off. Using the Melody Suppressor Stereo-mini plug Audio device (Portable audio player, etc.) 3 Turn on the external audio device, then this instrument. 4 Play back the connected external audio device. The sound of the audio device is output through the speakers of this instrument. 5 Adjust the volume balance between the audio device and this instrument. In general, the volume should be adjusted on the connected audio device. When the sound of the external audio device is output through this instrument, you can cancel or lower the volume of the sound located in the center of stereo playback. Since most melody parts such as vocal are located in the center of the stereo sound, you can use the function to cancel the melody part then practice it via the keyboard. 1 Play back the connected external audio device. 2 Press the [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] button to turn it on. The volume of the sound located in the center of stereo playback will be canceled or lowered. on NOTE NOTE • You can adjust the volume of the sound input via the [AUX IN] jack from the external audio device. To do this, hold down the [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] button for longer than a second to call up “AuxInVol” (Function 003; page 33), then adjust the value by using the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]. 6 Play the keyboard along with the sound of the audio device. 7 After finishing the performance, stop playback of the audio device. MelodySP • Depending on the music, the melody or vocal sound may not be canceled as expected even if the Melody Suppressor is turned on. 3 Press the [MELODY SUPPRESSOR] button again to turn it off. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 25 Using the Song Lesson Feature You can practice the preset Songs using these lesson functions: “Keys to Success,” “Listening, Timing, Waiting” and “Phrase Repeat.” Keys to Success helps you master a Song, whereas Listening, Timing, Waiting helps you first master the timing and then in playing the correct notes. Phrase Repeat lets you select and repeatedly practice a specific phrase in the Song. If you’re using a keyboard instrument for the first time, we suggest you start with Keys to Success. You can refer to the music score in the Song Book (free downloadable scores). To obtain the Song Book, complete the user registration at the following website: https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/ The keyboard icon, “Step 01” and lesson part (“R” or “L” or “LR”) appears on the display, indicating that you are to start this lesson from scratch. If you have already passed several Steps, the next Step number appears on the display. Downloading the Song Book To use the Song Lesson, you need the music score in the Song Book (free downloadable scores). To obtain the Song Book, complete the user registration at the following website: https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/ Appears when Keys to Success is on Keys To Success Step01 In this lesson, you can practice individual phrases in the Song (with each Step) to effectively master the entire Song. 1 Prepare the Song Book. Download the Song Book from the above website, or you can refer to the scores of some Songs at the end of this manual. The amount of Steps and lesson parts (which are pre-programmed) will differ depending on the Song. For details, refer to the Song Book. Lesson part : Right-hand lesson : Left-hand lesson : Both-hands lesson 4 Current Step number Press the [START/STOP] button to start Lesson. After the lead-in, playback of the current Step starts. NOTE • All preset Songs other than 001–003 can be used with this mode, especially the “LEARN TO PLAY” category Songs. 2 Press the [SONG] button, then select a Song for your lesson. Here, select song “Für Elise (Basic)” from the “LEARN TO PLAY” category, then open the corresponding page of the Song Book. Step01 001 NOTE 004 3 26 • For your practice enjoyment, a special arrangement is applied to each Song. This is why playback tempo may be slower than original. Elise 1 Press the [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button to engage this lesson. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 5 Practice the phrase in the current Step. Referring to the notation in the Song Book and the notes shown on the display, press the notes. Using the Song Lesson Feature 6 Confirm the evaluation in the current Step. When the current Step reaches the end, your performance will be evaluated and your score (from 0–100) is shown in the display. 068 Confirming the Passing Status You can confirm the passing status of each Song simply by selecting a Song and each Step. When Step is selected Step01 Excellen 001 Displayed when you’ve passed the Step. A score between “0”–“59” indicates that you did not pass this Step and you should try the same Step again, which begins automatically. A score of “60”–“100” indicates that you passed this Step and you should try the next Step, which begins automatically. ✩ : Passed No information: Not yet passed When Song is selected 004 Elise 1 001 NOTE ✩✩✩ : There are one or more Steps not yet • If the specified part is both hands, you cannot pass the Step until you play both hands, even if you play one of the hands well. Only a message such as “L-part is Nice” appears in the display. 7 Execute Step 02, 03, 04, and so on. In the last Step of each Song, you will practice all the way through the Song. When you pass all Steps, the Keys to Success mode will automatically be turned off and playback stops. NOTE • Even during lesson, you can select another Step by using the [+]/[-] buttons. 8 To stop this Lesson, press the [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button. passed in addition to the last Step ✩✩✩ : Only last Step passed ✩✩✩ : All Steps passed other than last Step ✩✩✩ : All Steps passed Clearing the Passing Status You can clear existing passing status entries for the entire Song or a specific Step of the Song. To clear the passing status entries of all Steps: Select the desired Song then hold down the [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button for longer than three seconds, with the Keys to Success mode disabled. A “Cleared” message will appear on the display. To clear the passing status entry for a specific Step: Select the desired Song, enable Keys to Success, select the desired Step, then hold down the [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button for longer than three seconds. A “Cleared” message will appear on the display. NOTE • This operation cannot be executed during playback. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 27 Using the Song Lesson Feature Listening, Timing and Waiting 3 Lesson 1—Listening In this Lesson, you need not play the keyboard. The model melody/chords of the part you selected will sound. Listen to it carefully and remember it well. Lesson 2—Timing In this Lesson, simply concentrate on playing the notes with the correct timing. Even if you play wrong notes, the correct notes shown in the display will sound. Press the [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button to start playback of the Song Lesson. After starting playback, pressing this button repeatedly will change the Lesson number from 1: LISTENING  2: TIMING  3: WAITING  off  1…. Press this button until the desired number is shown on the display. NOTE Lesson 3—Waiting In this Lesson, try playing the correct notes shown on the display. The Song pauses until you play the right note, and playback tempo will change to match the speed at which you are playing at. • During playback, you can change the Lesson mode by pressing this button, and you can stop the Lesson at any time by pressing the [START/STOP] button. 4 NOTE • If you want to keep a steady playback tempo maintained during Lesson 3: Waiting, set the Your Tempo parameter to OFF via the Function number 037 (page 35). 1 When Lesson playback reaches to the end, check your evaluation Grade on the display. “2 Timing” and “3 Waiting” will evaluate your performance in four levels. Excellent Very Good Good OK Press the [SONG] button then select a Song for your lesson. NOTE • The Song Lesson can be applied also to the Songs (SMF format 0 only) transferred from a computer (page 36), but cannot be applied to the User Songs. 2 ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~ ~~ After the evaluation display has appeared, the lesson will start again from the beginning. Press either or both the [R] and [L] buttons to select the part you want to practice. NOTE • When the melody Voice of the Song is changed, the key position shown in the display may be shifted (in octave units), depending on the selected Voice. NOTE Left-hand lesson Right-hand lesson Left • The Dual or Split mode cannot be engaged during lessons. Right 5 Both-hands lesson BothHand NOTE • In this step, “No LPart” may appear, indicating that the current Song does not contain a left-hand part. 28 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Stop the Lesson mode. You can stop the Lesson mode at any time by pressing the [START/STOP] button. Using the Song Lesson Feature Keys to Success with Listening, Timing or Waiting You can combine the Keys to Success lesson (page 26) with the Listening, Timing or Waiting lesson (page 28). 1 Enable the Keys to Success lesson. Refer to Steps 1–3 on page 26. 2 Select the desired Step via the [+]/[-] buttons, then press the [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button repeatedly to select the desired lesson. The selected lesson playback starts under the Keys to Success mode. Practice the phrase of the current Step via the selected Lesson. As evaluation for each Step, just “Timing is Nice” or “Play key is Nice” appears, and the passing status is not available. 3 To return to only the Keys to Success mode, press the [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button repeatedly to select “off.” 4 To exit from the Lesson mode, press the [KEYS TO SUCCESS] button. Practicing only a single Phrase During Song playback, press the [PHRASE REPEAT] button at the phrase you want to practice. The corresponding Phrase number will appear in the display and, after a lead-in, repeat playback will start. Turn off the L or R part, then practice the phrase repeatedly until you are satisfied. Appears when the Phrase Repeat function is on P03 REPEAT Phrase number Even during repeat playback, you can select any other phrase number via the [+] or [-] button, and you can return to normal playback by pressing the [PHRASE REPEAT] button again. Using Phrase Repeat with Listening, Timing or Waiting With Phrase Repeat set to On, press the [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING] button once, twice or three times to start and use Lesson playback with Phrase Repeat. Pressing the same button again several times to exit from the Lesson mode stops playback and allows use of just the Phrase Repeat mode. NOTE • In this status, the evaluation function is not available. Practicing two or more Phrases Phrase Repeat You can practice a difficult phrase repeatedly by selecting a specific number of the Phrase Marks pre-programmed in the Preset Songs. You can confirm the Phrase Mark location in the Song Book (page 4). Phrase mark By setting Phrase A (as the start point) and Phrase B (as the end point), you can practice two or more Phrases repeatedly. During Phrase Repeat playback, press the [A-B REPEAT] button to assign the current Phrase to Phrase A. When playback reaches to the desired Phrase, press the [A-B REPEAT] button again to assign Phrase B. “A-B Rep” appears on the display, and Repeat playback between Phrases A and B starts. To cancel this setting, press the [A-B REPEAT] button again. NOTE • You can set Phrases A and B also when playback is stopped by selecting the Phrase number via the [+] and [-] buttons. Repeat playback of this section • Specifying only Point A results in repeat playback between Point A and the end of the Song. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 29 Recording Your Performance You can record up to 5 of your performances as User Songs (User 1–5: Song numbers 103–107). The recorded User Songs can be played back on the instrument. Track Structure of a Song User Song Number You can record your performance to the following two tracks of a User Song individually or simultaneously. rEC User 1 001 Track 1: Your melody performance is recorded to this track. Flashes Track 2: Your melody performance, or Style playback (Chord changes and Section changes), is recorded to this track. To exit from the Record mode, press the [REC] button again to stop flashing on the display. NOTICE • If all User Songs contain recorded data, “User 1” will automatically be selected. In this case, you will record over and erase any previous data in “User 1,” so be careful that you won’t be erasing any material you want to keep! NOTE Recording Data Capacity: A total of approximately 10,000 notes or 5,500 chord changes can be recorded to the five User Songs. • ACMP cannot be turned on or off in this status while you can select another Style in this status by using the [STYLE] and Number buttons. 3 Quick Recording The operation is convenient for recording a new Song without having to specify a track. Play the keyboard to start recording. If ACMP is turned on, you can independently record just the rhythm sound of Style playback by pressing the [START/STOP] button then changing the Section (page 19). Split point 1 Make the desired settings such as Voice and Style settings. If you want to record only the melody performance, turn ACMP off (page 17). If you want to record Style playback as well as melody performance, turn ACMP on (page 17). 2 Press the [REC] button to enable the Record mode. On the display, the lowest-numbered unrecorded User Song (“User 1”–“User 5”) appears. If you want to select another Song, use the [+] and [-] buttons. 36 4 48 60 72 Press the [START/STOP] button to stop recording. When using a Style, you can stop recording also by pressing the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button then waiting until playback ends. NOTICE • After Recording stops, a “Writing!” message is shown on the display for a while. Never attempt to turn the power off while this is shown in the display. Doing so can damage the internal memory and result in a loss of data. 5 30 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual To play back the recorded Song, press the [START/STOP] button. Recording Your Performance Recording to a Specified Track 1 2 Make the desired settings, such as those of Voice or Style. If you want to record the melody performance, turn ACMP off (page 17). If you want to record Style playback, turn ACMP on (page 17). Clearing a User Song 1 Press the [SONG] button then select the desired User Song by using the Number buttons. 2 Press and hold the [REC] button for longer than a second. A confirmation message appears. While holding down the [REC] button, press the desired Track button 1 or 2 to engage the Record mode. If you want to record Style playback, make sure to select the Track 2. If you want to record melody performance, select either Track 1 or Track 2 as desired. The illustration below is the example when selecting Track 2. YES ClrUser1 Hold for longer than a second. To cancel the operation, press the [-/NO] button. 3 3 Press the [+/YES] button. A confirmation message appears again. Press the [+], [-] buttons to select the User Song you want to record. rEC User 1 YES 001 Sure? To cancel the operation, press the [-/NO] button. If Track 2 is selected as Recording target for example and Track 1 contains already recorded data, L flashes and R lights in the display. Turning on or off R via the [TRACK 1] button will determine whether you listen to a previously recorded Track or not while recording a new Track. 4 4 Press the [+/YES] button to clear the Song. A “Writing!” message appears while the track is being cleared. Same as in Steps 3 to 5 (page 30) in “Quick Recording.” Limitations while Recording • You cannot record the Reverb Level, metronome click, or the Transpose and Tuning settings. • The following settings and buttons are not available, or if operated, the new settings cannot be recorded: ACMP ON/OFF, Split Point, Reverb Type, Chorus Type, Harmony Type, [FUNCTION] button, [PORTABLE GRAND] button. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 31 Memorizing Your Favorite Panel Settings This instrument has a Registration Memory feature that lets you memorize your favorite settings for easy recall whenever they’re needed. Up to nine complete setups can be memorized and assigned to each number button 1–9. Memorizing Panel Settings to the Registration Memory 1 Make the desired settings such as those for Voice and Style. 2 Press and hold down the [REGIST MEMORY] button for longer than a second. “MemNo.?” appears on the display. MemNo.? Recalling Panel Settings from the Registration Memory 1 Press the [REGIST MEMORY] button. “LoadNo.?” appears on the display. LoadNo.? 2 Press one of the [1]–[9] buttons to call up the panel settings you memorized. The recalled REGIST MEMORY number appears in the display for a few seconds. Hold for longer than a second. 3 Press one of the [1]–[9] buttons to memorize the current panel settings. If you select a Registration Memory number that already contains data, an “Overwr?” message appears in the display. To overwrite, press the [+/YES] button; to cancel, press [-/NO]. REGIST 1 The REGIST MEMORY number can be changed by pressing one of the other [1]–[9] buttons. NOTICE • If you select a Registration Memory number that already contains data, the previous data is deleted and overwritten by the new data. • Do not turn off the power while memorizing settings to the Registration Memory, otherwise the data may be damaged or lost. Parameters that can be memorized to Registration Memory Style settings* Style number, ACMP on/off, Split Point, Style volume, Tempo, Main A/B Voice settings Main Voice settings: Voice number and all settings of the related Functions Dual Voice settings: Dual on/off and all settings of the related Functions Split Voice settings: Split on/off and all settings of the related Functions Effect settings: Reverb Type, Reverb level, Chorus Type Harmony settings: Harmony on/off and all settings of the related Functions Other settings: Sustain on/off, Transpose * Available only when a Style is selected 32 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual The Functions The Functions settings provide access to a range of detailed instrument parameters such as Tuning, Split Point, Voices and Effects. 1 Press the [FUNCTION] button several times until the desired item appears. Each time the [FUNCTION] button is pressed, the Function number increases one by one. You can also decrease the Function number by one when you press the [-] button briefly while holding down the [FUNCTION] button. Set the value by using the number buttons [0]–[9], [+], [-]. Direct numeric entry. Function name Current value 100 2 StyleVol • Decrement value by 1. • No • Off 001 Function number After a few seconds, the Function name may be replaced with the setting value depending on the selected Function. Press simultaneously to recall the default setting. • Increment value by 1. • Yes • On NOTE • To exit the Function settings, press one of these buttons; [SONG], [VOICE], [STYLE] or [GRAND PIANO]. NOTE • The Function number does not appear in the display during Song, Style or metronome playback. The beat value appears instead. Function List Function Number Function name Display Range/Settings Default Value Descriptions Volume 001 Style Volume StyleVol 000–127 100 Determines the volume of the Style. (page 17) 002 Song Volume SongVol 000–127 100 Determines the volume of the Song. (page 22) 003 AUX IN Volume AuxInVol 000–127 100 Determines the volume of the external audio device connected to the instrument’s [AUX IN] jack. (page 25) 004 Transpose Transpos -12–12 005 Tuning Tuning 427.0Hz–453.0Hz 440.0Hz Determines the fine tuning of the pitch of the entire instrument in approx. 0.2Hz increments. 006 Split Point SplitPnt 036–096 (C1–C6) 54 (F#2) Determines the highest key for the Split Voice and sets the Split “point”—in other words, the key that separates the Split (lower) and Main (upper) Voices. The Split Point setting and Accompaniment Split Point setting are automatically set to the same value. 007 Touch Sensitivity TouchSns 1 (Soft), 2 (Medium), 3 (Hard), 4 (Off) 2 (Medium) Higher values produce greater (easier) volume variation in response to keyboard dynamics. When 4 (Off) is selected, Touch Response is off and the volume level does not change at all regardless of whether you play the keyboard soft or hard. Style Register StyleReg 001–nnn – Select and register a Style file from flash files that are loaded from computer (page 18). Overall 0 Determines the pitch of the instrument in semitone increments. Style file 008 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 33 The Functions Function Number Function name Display Range/Settings Default Value Descriptions Main Voice (page 14) 009 Volume M.Volume 000–127 * Determines the volume of the Main Voice. 010 Octave M.Octave -2 – +2 * Determines the octave range for the Main Voice. 011 Chorus Depth M.Chorus 000–127 * Determines how much of the Main Voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Selects a Dual Voice. Dual Voice (page 15) 012 Dual Voice D.Voice 001–550 * 013 Volume D.Volume 000–127 * Determines the volume of the Dual Voice. 014 Octave D.Octave -2 – +2 * Determines the octave range for the Dual Voice. 015 Chorus Depth D.Chorus 000–127 * Determines how much of the Dual Voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Split Voice (page 15) 016 Split Voice S.Voice 001–550 45 (FngrBass) 017 Volume S.Volume 000–127 * Determines the volume of the Split Voice. 018 Octave S.Octave -2 – +2 * Determines the octave range for the Split Voice. 019 Chorus Depth S.Chorus 000–127 * Determines how much of the Split Voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Reverb Type Reverb 01–10 ** Determines the Reverb type, including off (10). (page 59) 64 Determines how much of the Voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb effect. ** Determines the Chorus type, including off (05). (page 59) Selects a Split Voice. Effects 020 021 Reverb Level RevLevel 000–127 022 Chorus Type Chorus 01–05 023 Sustain Sustain ON/OFF 024 Master EQ Type MasterEQ 1 (Speaker) 2 (Headphone) 3 (Boost) 4 (Piano) 5 (Bright) 6 (Mild) 025 Wide Type Wide 1 (Wide1) 2 (Wide2) 3 (Wide3) OFF 1 (Speaker) 2 (Wide2) Determines whether the Sustain function is on or off. Sets the equalizer applied to the speaker output for optimum sound in different listening situations. (page 12) Determines the Ultra-Wide Stereo type. Higher values produce a greater Wide effect. (page 15) Harmony (page 16) 026 Harmony Type HarmType 01–26 * Determines the Harmony type. Refer to the Harmony Type list on page 59. 027 Harmony Volume HarmVol 000–127 * Determines the volume of the Harmony effect when one of the Harmony types 1–5 is selected. PC mode PC mode PC1/PC2/OFF OFF Optimizes the MIDI settings when you connect to a computer (page 35). 029 Local Control Local ON/OFF ON Determines whether the instrument’s keyboard controls the internal tone generator (ON) or not (OFF). When you record your keyboard performance to the application software on the computer via MIDI, set this parameter to OFF. 030 External Clock ExtClock ON/OFF OFF Determines whether the instrument synchronizes to the internal clock (OFF) or an external clock (ON). When you record your keyboard performance to the application software on the computer via MIDI, set this parameter to ON. 031 Initial Send InitSend YES/NO – Lets you send the data of the panel settings to a computer. Press [+/YES] to send, or press [-/NO] to cancel. This operation should be done immediately after starting the Recording operation on the computer. TimeSigN 00–60 ** Determines the time signature of the Metronome. ** Determines the length of each metronome beat. Computer (page 35) 028 MIDI Metronome (page 14) 032 34 Time Signature Numerator 033 Time Signature Denominator TimeSigD Half note, Quarter note, Eighth note, Sixteenth note 034 Metronome Volume MetroVol 000–127 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 100 Determines the volume of the Metronome. The Functions Function Number Function name Display Range/Settings Default Value Descriptions Lesson (page 26) 035 Lesson Track (R) R-Part GuideTrack1–16, OFF 1 Determines the guide track number for your right hand lesson. The setting is only effective for Songs in SMF format 0 transferred from a computer. 036 Lesson Track (L) L-Part GuideTrack1–16, OFF 2 Determines the guide track number for your left hand lesson. The setting is only effective for Songs in SMF format 0 transferred from a computer. 037 Your Tempo YourTemp ON/OFF ON This parameter is for the Lesson 3 “Waiting.” When set to ON, playback tempo will change for matching the speed you are playing at. When set to OFF, playback tempo will be maintained regardless of the speed you are playing at. Demo (page 22) 038 Demo Group DemoGrp 1 (Demo) 2 (Preset) 3 (User) 4 (Download) 1 (Demo) Determines the repeat playback group. 039 Demo Play Mode PlayMode 1 (Normal) 2 (Random) 1 (Normal) Determines the repeat playback mode. 040 Demo Cancel D-Cancel ON/OFF OFF Determines whether Demo cancel is enabled or not. When this is set to ON, the Demo Song will not play, even if the [DEMO] button is pressed. OFF, 5/10/15/30/60/ 120 (minutes) 30 minutes Specifies the time that will elapse before the instrument’s power is automatically turned off. 1 (Alkaline) 2 (Ni-MH) 1 (Alkaline) Selects the type of batteries you have installed to this instrument. Alkaline: Alkaline battery/manganese battery Ni-MH: Rechargeable battery Auto Power Off (page 12) 041 Auto Power Off Time AutoOff Battery (page 11) 042 Battery Type Battery * The appropriate value is automatically set for each Voice combination. ** The appropriate value is automatically set for each Song or Style. PC Mode (FUNCTION 028) The PC settings instantly reconfigure all important MIDI settings (as shown below). PC1 PC2* OFF LOCAL Off Off On EXTERNAL CLOCK On Off Off MIDI TRANSMIT OF SONG ** No No Yes MIDI TRANSMIT OF STYLE ** No No Yes MIDI TRANSMIT OF KEYBOARD ** No Yes Yes * An expanded version of the PC2 setting is for future use. ** Cannot be set independently. NOTE • MIDI Transmit of Song can be used with User Songs. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 35 Using with a Computer or iPad/iPhone Connecting to a computer This instrument supports MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) and can transmit/receive keyboard performance information (MIDI messages) or Song/ Style data (MIDI files) to/from the computer connected via a USB cable. For details on using a computer with this instrument, refer to the “Computerrelated Operations” (page 4) on the website. USB terminal Data that can be transferred from a computer to this instrument (and vice versa). • Song: (.mid) SMF format 0/1 • Style: (.sty) • Backup File: PSR-E343.BUP * * Backup parameters other than “Passing status of Song and Step” can be transferred and saved to a computer via Musicsoft Downloader as a single Backup file. NOTE • This instrument can transfer/load up to a maximum of 256 Song files. USB terminal Connecting an iPad/iPhone computer instrument USB cable NOTE • If you transfer the Style file from the computer to this instrument, you need to register it to this instrument for Style playback. By connecting your iPad/iPhone to the instrument, you can take advantage of various functions. To make connections, prepare the optional i-UX1, then refer to the “iPhone/iPad Connection Manual” (page 4) on the website. Backup and Initialization Backup Parameters The following Backup parameters will be maintained even if the power is turned off. Backup parameters • User Songs (page 30) • Style Number 137 (page 18) • Registration Memory (page 32) • Passing status of Song and Step (page 27) • FUNCTION Settings: (page 33) Tuning, Split Point, Touch Sensitivity, Style Volume, Song Volume, Metronome Volume, Your Tempo, Demo Group, Demo Play Mode, Demo Cancel, Master EQ type, Panel Sustain, Auto Power Off, Battery Type In addition to the Backup parameters above, all the data (including Style data that have not been loaded) transferred from the connected computer will be maintained even if you turn off the power. Backup Clear This operation initializes the backup parameters. While holding down the highest white key, press the [ ] (Standby/On) switch to turn the power on. Flash Clear This operation deletes all the Songs and Styles that have been transferred from a computer. Note that Style data registered to Style numbers 137 will be maintained. While simultaneously holding the highest white key and the three highest black keys, press the [ ] (Standby/On) switch to turn the power on. NOTICE Initialization You can initialize your original data via the following two methods. 36 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual • Keep in mind that this operation also deletes the data you have purchased. Be sure to save the important data to a computer via Musicsoft Downloader (MSD) software. For details, refer to “Computer-related Operations” (page 4). Troubleshooting Appendix Problem Possible Cause and Solution When the instrument is turned on or off, a popping sound is temporarily produced. This is normal and indicates that the instrument is receiving electrical power. When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile phone in close proximity to the instrument may produce interference. To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it further away from the instrument. Noise is heard from the instrument’s speakers or headphones when using the instrument with the application on iPhone/iPad. When you use the instrument along with the application on your iPhone/iPad, we recommend that you set “Airplane Mode” to “ON” on your iPhone/iPad in order to avoid noise caused by communication. There is no sound even when the keyboard is played or when a song or style is being played back. Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the rear panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack, no sound is output. Check the Local Control on/off setting. (See page 34 Function 029.) Playing keys in the right hand area of the keyboard does not produce any sound. When using the Dictionary function (page 21), the keys in the right hand area are used only for entering the chord root and type. Not all of the voices seem to sound, or the sound seems to be cut off. The instrument is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes—including Dual voice, Split Voice, auto accompaniment, song, and Metronome. Notes exceeding this limit will not sound. The harmony doesn’t sound. The method of sounding the harmony effect (01–26) differs depending on the selected type. For Types 01–05, turn the Auto Accompaniment on and play it by pressing a chord in the auto accompaniment section of the keyboard, then play some keys in the right-hand side to get the harmony effect. For Types 06– 26, turning auto accompaniment on or off has no effect. However, it is necessary to play two notes simultaneously for Types 06–12. The Style or Song does not play back when the [START/ Is External Clock set to ON? Make sure External Clock is set to OFF; refer to STOP] button is pressed. “Function Settings” on page 34 (Function 030). The ACMP ON indicator does not appear when the [ACMP ON/OFF] button is pressed. Always press the [STYLE] button first when you are going to use any Stylerelated function. The Style does not sound properly. Make sure that the Style Volume (page 33 Function 001) is set to an appropriate level. Is the Split Point set to an appropriate key for the chords you are playing? Set the Split Point to an appropriate key (page 33 Function 006). Is the “ACMP ON” indicator showing in the display? If it is not showing, press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button so that it does show. The Style does not sound as you play a chord. • The auto accompaniment will sometimes not change when related chords are played in sequence (e.g., some minor chords followed by the minor seventh). • Two-note fingerings will produce a chord based on the previously played chord. • Playing two same root keys in the adjacent octaves produces accompaniment based only on the root. The footswitch (for sustain) seems to produce the oppo- The polarity of the footswitch is reversed. Make sure that the footswitch plug is site effect. For example, pressing the footswitch cuts off properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power. the sound and releasing it sustains the sounds. The sound of the voice changes from note to note. This is normal. The AWM tone generation method uses multiple recordings (samples) of an instrument across the range of the keyboard; thus, the actual sound of the voice may be slightly different from note to note. • • • • The volume is too soft. The batteries are low or dead. Replace all six batteries with completely new The sound quality is poor. ones, or use the optional AC adaptor. The rhythm stops unexpectedly or will not play. The recorded data of the song, etc. does not play correctly. • The LCD display suddenly goes dark, and all panel settings are reset. Power suddenly and unexpectedly turns off. This is normal and the Auto Power Off function may have been activated (page 12). If you need to disable the Auto Power Off function, select “Off” in the Function settings (page 35 Function 041). PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 37 Song Book Sample This score is provided with the part of the song book (free downloadable scores). The song book contains not only the scores for all internal songs (excepting Songs 1–3) but also music terms and important points for your practice. To obtain the Song Book, complete the user registration at the following website. Yamaha Online Member https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/ * The Song book is provided in English, French, German and Spanish. This example introduces part of the English song book. Für Elise L. v. Beethoven Basic Song No.004 Für Elise With Step Map .......................................................................12 Für Elise is an all-time classical favorite. The beautiful, well-known melody is repeated a number of times. In each step you won’t be practicing alone. You have a wonderful orchestra to back you up! First, listen to the example a few times. It won’t be long before you’ll want to start playing it yourself! Warm-up Exercise - “The Semitone Mystery” .................................... 14 Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 15 Warm-up Exercise - “Basic Accompaniment”..................................... 16 Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 16 First Half Review ...................................................................... 17 Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 17 Warm-up Exercise - “The Jump Competition” .................................... 18 “EEEEE!” ................................................................................ 18 “Left! Right! Left! Right!” ............................................................ 19 Second Half Review ................................................................... 19 Play the Whole Song! ................................................................. 19 38 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Song Book Sample Before Playing... Sit Correctly Finger Numbering 3 2 4 3 2 4 5 5 1 1 Left Right Sit near the middle of the keyboard. Reading the Score The Keyboard, Staff Lines, and Clef 1 octave 2 black keys C D E 3 black keys F G A B C D E F G A B M i d d l e C D E F G A B C D E F G A B C D E F G A B C Treble clef Bass clef Accidentals B N (Sharp) Raise a semitone (Flat) Lower a semitone (Natural) Return to normal pitch 1 2 3 4 Whole note Whole note rest Dotted half note Dotted half note rest Half note Half note rest Dotted quarter note Dotted quarter note rest Quarter note Time signature Notes and Rests Key signature Clef Quarter note rest Eighth note Eighth note rest Sixteenth note Sixteenth note rest Time Signatures and Counting Time 4/4 time 2/2 time 2/4 time 3/4 time 6/8 time 9/8 time PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 39 Song Book Sample Song No.004 Song No.004 Basic Für Elise With Step Map Play with both hands as if gently telling a story. It might help to sing or hum the melody as you play. Similar melody lines and rhythms are repeated in this song, so there aren’t as many sections to practice as you might think. Enjoy learning each section as you build proﬁciency. From here... 40 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Song Book Sample Song No.004 Song No.004 ...to here Für Elise Basic Für Elise Basic From here... ...to here PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 41 Song Book Sample Für Elise Basic Song No.004 Für Elise Basic Let’s start with a warm-up exercise using three ﬁngers of the right hand. ise Warm-up Exercise - “The Semitone Mystery” ed for this us erc ex Finge rs Song No.004 Right We’ll start by ascending and descending the white and black keys. Check out the illustrations until you understand how the fingers are supposed to move, then get started! You’ll ﬁnd it easier to play if you bend your ﬁngers slightly. M i d d l e C M i d d l e E C A E M i d d l e C A B C D Tip-toe Go back to the beginning and play it again. 42 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Song Book Sample Song No.004 Song No.004 Für Elise Basic Für Elise Basic Diligent Practice Time Right! Now that we’re warmed up let’s try playing along with the orchestra in 3/4 time. The melody will be built up little by little. Compare each line... notice that many of the shapes formed by the notes are very similar. Short break Almost done E PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 43 Song Book Sample Song No.004 Für Elise Basic Song No.004 Für Elise Basic M i d d l e Left hand Warm-up Exercise - “Basic Accompaniment” E A E A And now a warm-up exercise for the left hand. It’s important to spread your ﬁngers widely from the start. Don’t play the black keys too strongly. Diligent Practice Time Connect the notes smoothly, as if the left hand were passing them to the right hand. You’ll be able to play smoothly if you move the left hand into position for the next phrase as soon as it ﬁnishes playing the ﬁrst phrase. 44 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual C Song Book Sample Song No.004 Song No.004 Für Elise Basic Für Elise Basic First Half Review You’ve reached the halfway step! Have you learned all the material provided in the preceding steps? Now let’s go back and play through all the first-half exercises. If you find that you’re having trouble playing any of the material, go back and review the steps using the Step Map as a guide. Diligent Practice Time OK, let’s begin the second half! You’ll be able to play the melody nicely if you lift your ﬁngers from the keyboard between the slurs. It might be easier to grasp the key release timing if you sing along with the melody. Don’t panic and play too strongly where the left hand has to play short notes. Always have left-hand ﬁnger 5 ready to play the next note! PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 45 Song Book Sample Song No.004 Für Elise Basic Song No.004 Für Elise Basic Left hand Jump to the next E! And again! Warm-up Exercise - “The Jump Competition” The ﬁrst note has a staccato dot. Spread your ﬁngers wide and jump quickly to the next note! M i d d l e E ngers! se fi You can play t with only the his “EEEEE!” The only note in this step is E! Make the connection between the left and right hands as smooth as possible. 46 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual E C E Song Book Sample Song No.004 Song No.004 Für Elise Basic Für Elise Basic “Left! Right! Left! Right!” Play “D E” repeatedly, alternating the left and right hands. Have the next hand ready in position to play D so you won’t have to rush. Left Right Second Half Review Try playing all the way through the second half. As we did after the ﬁrst half, if there are places you can’t play with conﬁdence go back and review the steps. Play the Whole Song! This is the ﬁnishing step! Don’t be afraid of making mistakes. Just concentrate on playing the entire song from start to finish. Practice this with the lessons learned in each step in mind, and gradually you’ll master the whole song. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 47 Voice List Maximum Polyphony The instrument has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means that it can play a maximum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless of what functions are used. Auto accompaniment uses a number of the available notes, so when auto accompaniment is used the total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice and Song functions. If the maximum polyphony is exceeded, earlier played notes will be cut off and the most recent notes have priority (last note priority). NOTE • The Voice List includes MIDI program change numbers for each voice. Use these program change numbers when playing the instrument via MIDI from an external device. • Program Numbers 001 to 128 directly relate to MIDI Program Change Numbers 000 to 127. That is, Program Numbers and Program Change Numbers differ by a value of 1. Remember to take this into consideration. • Some voices may sound continuously or have a long decay after the notes have been released while the sustain pedal (footswitch) is held. Panel Voice List Voice No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 48 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) PIANO 0 112 1 Grand Piano 0 112 2 Bright Piano 0 112 7 Harpsichord 0 112 4 Honky-tonk Piano 0 112 3 MIDI Grand Piano 0 113 3 CP 80 E.PIANO 0 114 5 Cool! Galaxy Electric Piano 0 113 6 Hyper Tines 0 112 5 Funky Electric Piano 0 112 6 DX Modern Electric Piano 0 114 6 Venus Electric Piano 0 112 8 Clavi ORGAN 0 118 19 Cool! Organ 0 117 19 Cool! Rotor Organ 0 112 17 Jazz Organ 1 0 113 17 Jazz Organ 2 0 112 19 Rock Organ 0 114 19 Purple Organ 0 112 18 Click Organ 0 116 17 Bright Organ 0 127 19 Theater Organ 0 121 20 16'+2' Organ 0 120 20 16'+4' Organ 0 113 20 Chapel Organ 0 112 20 Pipe Organ 0 112 21 Reed Organ ACCORDION 0 112 22 Musette Accordion 0 113 22 Traditional Accordion 0 113 24 Bandoneon 0 113 23 Modern Harp 0 112 23 Harmonica GUITAR 0 116 25 Dynamic Nylon Guitar 0 118 30 Dynamic Overdriven 0 112 25 Classical Guitar 0 112 26 Folk Guitar 0 112 27 Jazz Guitar 0 117 28 60s Clean Guitar 0 113 26 12Strings Guitar 0 112 28 Clean Guitar 0 113 27 Octave Guitar 0 112 29 Muted Guitar 0 112 30 Overdriven Guitar 0 112 31 Distortion Guitar BASS 0 116 34 Dynamic Electric Bass 0 112 34 Finger Bass PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Voice No. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) 0 112 33 Acoustic Bass 0 112 35 Pick Bass 0 112 36 Fretless Bass 0 112 37 Slap Bass 0 121 40 Funk Bass 0 112 39 Synth Bass 0 113 39 Hi-Q Bass 0 113 40 Dance Bass STRINGS 0 112 49 String Ensemble 0 112 50 Chamber Strings 0 115 50 Marcato Strings 0 113 50 Slow Strings 0 112 45 Tremolo Strings 0 112 51 Synth Strings 0 112 46 Pizzicato Strings 0 112 41 Violin 0 112 43 Cello 0 112 44 Contrabass 0 112 47 Harp 0 112 56 Orchestra Hit CHOIR 0 112 53 Choir 0 113 53 Vocal Ensemble 0 112 55 Air Choir 0 112 54 Vox Humana SAXOPHONE 0 112 67 Tenor Sax 0 112 66 Alto Sax 0 112 65 Soprano Sax 0 112 68 Baritone Sax 0 114 67 Breathy Tenor Sax 0 116 66 Sax Ensemble 0 112 72 Clarinet 0 112 69 Oboe 0 112 70 English Horn 0 112 71 Bassoon TRUMPET 0 112 57 Trumpet 0 112 58 Trombone 0 113 58 Trombone Section 0 112 60 Muted Trumpet 0 112 61 French Horn 0 112 59 Tuba BRASS 0 112 62 Brass Section 0 113 62 Big Band Brass 0 116 62 Octave Brass 0 113 63 80s Brass 0 119 62 Mellow Horns 0 115 63 Funky Brass Voice List Voice No. 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) 0 114 63 Techno Brass 0 112 63 Synth Brass FLUTE 0 114 74 Sweet! Flute 0 112 74 Flute 0 112 73 Piccolo 0 112 76 Pan Flute 0 112 75 Recorder 0 112 80 Ocarina SYNTH 0 112 81 Square Lead 0 112 82 Sawtooth Lead 0 108 82 RS Tech Saw 0 112 88 Under Heim 0 112 85 Portatone 0 115 82 Analogon 0 119 82 Fargo 0 112 86 Voice Lead 0 121 82 Funky Lead 0 118 89 Sweet Heaven 0 121 89 Dream Heaven 0 113 89 Symbiont 0 112 99 Star Dust 0 112 101 Brightness 0 112 92 Xenon Pad 0 112 95 Equinox 0 112 89 Fantasia 0 113 90 Dark Moon 0 113 101 Bell Pad 0 126 90 RS Analog Pad 0 116 91 RS Short Resonance PERCUSSION 0 112 12 Vibraphone 0 112 13 Marimba 0 112 14 Xylophone 0 112 115 Steel Drums 0 112 9 Celesta 0 112 11 Music Box 0 112 15 Tubular Bells 0 112 48 Timpani 0 116 117 Tabla WORLD 0 112 106 Banjo 0 0 111 Fiddle 0 0 110 Bagpipe 0 0 16 Dulcimer 0 35 16 Dulcimer 2 0 115 111 Er Hu 0 117 74 Di Zi 0 116 106 Pi Pa 0 113 108 Gu Zheng 0 120 111 Morin Khuur 0 113 21 Harmonium 1 (Single Reed) 0 114 21 Harmonium 2 (Double Reed) 0 115 21 Harmonium 3 (Triple Reed) 0 114 105 Tanpura 0 0 105 Sitar 0 32 105 Detuned Sitar 0 97 16 Santur 0 0 112 Shanai 0 98 106 Oud 0 97 108 Kanoon 0 0 109 Kalimba 0 0 107 Shamisen 0 0 108 Koto Voice No. 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) DUAL* – – – Octave Piano – – – Piano & Strings – – – Piano Pad – – – Octave Harpsichord – – – Tiny Electric Piano – – – E.P. Pad – – – Full Organ – – – Octave Jazz Guitar – – – Octave Strings – – – Orchestra Section – – – Octave Pizzicato Strings – – – Strings Session – – – Brass Tutti – – – Orchestra Tutti – – – Octave French Horns – – – Octave Harp – – – Orchestra Hit & Timpani – – – Octave Choir – – – Jazz Brass Section – – – Jazz Section – – – Ballroom Sax Ensemble – – – Ballroom Brass – – – Flute & Clarinet – – – Trumpet & Trombone – – – Fat Synth Brass – – – Octave Lead – – – Super 5th Lead SOUND EFFECTS 0 0 121 Fret Noise 0 0 122 Breath Noise 0 0 123 Seashore 0 0 124 Bird Tweet 0 0 125 Telephone Ring 0 0 126 Helicopter 0 0 127 Applause 0 0 128 Gunshot DRUM KITS 127 0 1 Standard Kit 1 127 0 2 Standard Kit 2 127 0 9 Room Kit 127 0 17 Rock Kit 127 0 25 Electronic Kit 127 0 26 Analog Kit 127 0 113 Dance Kit 127 0 33 Jazz Kit 127 0 41 Brush Kit 127 0 49 Symphony Kit 126 0 128 StdKit1 + Chinese Perc. 126 0 40 Indian Kit 1 126 0 115 Indian Kit 2 126 0 37 Arabic Kit 126 0 41 Cuban Kit 126 0 1 SFX Kit 1 126 0 2 SFX Kit 2 126 0 113 Sound Effect Kit * When you select a Voice of the DUAL category, two voices sound at the same time. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 49 Voice List XGlite Voice List Voice No. 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 50 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) XG Piano 0 0 1 Grand Piano 0 1 1 Grand Piano KSP 0 40 1 Piano Strings 0 41 1 Dream 0 0 2 Bright Piano 0 1 2 Bright Piano KSP 0 0 3 Electric Grand Piano 0 1 3 Electric Grand Piano KSP 0 32 3 Detuned CP80 0 0 4 Honky-tonk Piano 0 1 4 Honky-tonk Piano KSP 0 0 5 Electric Piano 1 0 1 5 Electric Piano 1 KSP 0 32 5 Chorus Electric Piano 1 0 0 6 Electric Piano 2 0 1 6 Electric Piano 2 KSP 0 32 6 Chorus Electric Piano 2 0 41 6 DX + Analog Electric Piano 0 0 7 Harpsichord 0 1 7 Harpsichord KSP 0 35 7 Harpsichord 2 0 0 8 Clavi 0 1 8 Clavi KSP XG CHROMATIC 0 0 9 Celesta 0 0 10 Glockenspiel 0 0 11 Music Box 0 64 11 Orgel 0 0 12 Vibraphone 0 1 12 Vibraphone KSP 0 0 13 Marimba 0 1 13 Marimba KSP 0 64 13 Sine Marimba 0 97 13 Balimba 0 98 13 Log Drums 0 0 14 Xylophone 0 0 15 Tubular Bells 0 96 15 Church Bells 0 97 15 Carillon XG ORGAN 0 0 17 Drawbar Organ 0 32 17 Detuned Drawbar Organ 0 33 17 60s Drawbar Organ 1 0 34 17 60s Drawbar Organ 2 0 35 17 70s Drawbar Organ 1 0 37 17 60s Drawbar Organ 3 0 40 17 16+2'2/3 0 64 17 Organ Bass 0 65 17 70s Drawbar Organ 2 0 66 17 Cheezy Organ 0 67 17 Drawbar Organ 2 0 0 18 Percussive Organ 0 24 18 70s Percussive Organ 0 32 18 Detuned Percussive Organ 0 33 18 Light Organ 0 37 18 Percussive Organ 2 0 0 19 Rock Organ 0 64 19 Rotary Organ 0 65 19 Slow Rotary 0 66 19 Fast Rotary 0 0 20 Church Organ 0 32 20 Church Organ 3 0 35 20 Church Organ 2 0 40 20 Notre Dame PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Voice No. 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) 0 64 20 Organ Flute 0 65 20 Tremolo Organ Flute 0 0 21 Reed Organ 0 40 21 Puff Organ 0 0 22 Accordion 0 0 23 Harmonica 0 32 23 Harmonica 2 0 0 24 Tango Accordion 0 64 24 Tango Accordion 2 XG GUITAR 0 0 25 Nylon Guitar 0 25 25 Nylon Guitar 3 0 43 25 Velocity Guitar Harmonics 0 96 25 Ukulele 0 0 26 Steel Guitar 0 35 26 12-string Guitar 0 40 26 Nylon & Steel Guitar 0 41 26 Steel Guitar with Body Sound 0 96 26 Mandolin 0 0 27 Jazz Guitar 0 32 27 Jazz Amp 0 0 28 Clean Guitar 0 32 28 Chorus Guitar 0 0 29 Muted Guitar 0 40 29 Funk Guitar 0 41 29 Muted Steel Guitar 0 45 29 Jazz Man 0 0 30 Overdriven Guitar 0 43 30 Guitar Pinch 0 0 31 Distortion Guitar 0 40 31 Feedback Guitar 0 41 31 Feedback Guitar 2 0 0 32 Guitar Harmonics 0 65 32 Guitar Feedback 0 66 32 Guitar Harmonics 2 XG BASS 0 0 33 Acoustic Bass 0 40 33 Jazz Rhythm 0 45 33 Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass 0 0 34 Finger Bass 0 18 34 Finger Dark 0 40 34 Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar 0 43 34 Finger Slap Bass 0 45 34 Finger Bass 2 0 65 34 Modulated Bass 0 0 35 Pick Bass 0 28 35 Muted Pick Bass 0 0 36 Fretless Bass 0 32 36 Fretless Bass 2 0 33 36 Fretless Bass 3 0 34 36 Fretless Bass 4 0 0 37 Slap Bass 1 0 32 37 Punch Thumb Bass 0 0 38 Slap Bass 2 0 43 38 Velocity Switch Slap 0 0 39 Synth Bass 1 0 40 39 Techno Synth Bass 0 0 40 Synth Bass 2 0 6 40 Mellow Synth Bass 0 12 40 Sequenced Bass 0 18 40 Click Synth Bass 0 19 40 Synth Bass 2 Dark 0 40 40 Modular Synth Bass 0 41 40 DX Bass Voice List Voice No. 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) XG STRINGS 0 0 41 Violin 0 8 41 Slow Violin 0 0 42 Viola 0 0 43 Cello 0 0 44 Contrabass 0 0 45 Tremolo Strings 0 8 45 Slow Tremolo Strings 0 40 45 Suspense Strings 0 0 46 Pizzicato Strings 0 0 47 Orchestral Harp 0 0 48 Timpani XG ENSEMBLE 0 0 49 Strings 1 0 3 49 Stereo Strings 0 8 49 Slow Strings 0 35 49 60s Strings 0 40 49 Orchestra 0 41 49 Orchestra 2 0 42 49 Tremolo Orchestra 0 45 49 Velocity Strings 0 0 50 Strings 2 0 3 50 Stereo Slow Strings 0 8 50 Legato Strings 0 40 50 Warm Strings 0 41 50 Kingdom 0 0 51 Synth Strings 1 0 64 51 Synth Strings 4 0 0 52 Synth Strings 2 0 0 53 Choir Aahs 0 3 53 Stereo Choir 0 32 53 Mellow Choir 0 40 53 Choir Strings 0 0 54 Voice Oohs 0 0 55 Synth Voice 0 40 55 Synth Voice 2 0 41 55 Choral 0 64 55 Analog Voice 0 0 56 Orchestra Hit 0 35 56 Orchestra Hit 2 0 64 56 Impact XG BRASS 0 0 57 Trumpet 0 32 57 Warm Trumpet 0 0 58 Trombone 0 18 58 Trombone 2 0 0 59 Tuba 0 0 60 Muted Trumpet 0 0 61 French Horn 0 6 61 French Horn Solo 0 32 61 French Horn 2 0 37 61 Horn Orchestra 0 0 62 Brass Section 0 35 62 Trumpet & Trombone Section 0 0 63 Synth Brass 1 0 20 63 Resonant Synth Brass 0 0 64 Synth Brass 2 0 18 64 Soft Brass 0 41 64 Choir Brass XG REED 0 0 65 Soprano Sax 0 0 66 Alto Sax 0 40 66 Sax Section 0 0 67 Tenor Sax 0 40 67 Breathy Tenor Sax 0 0 68 Baritone Sax 0 0 69 Oboe Voice No. 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) 0 0 70 English Horn 0 0 71 Bassoon 0 0 72 Clarinet XG PIPE 0 0 73 Piccolo 0 0 74 Flute 0 0 75 Recorder 0 0 76 Pan Flute 0 0 77 Blown Bottle 0 0 79 Whistle 0 0 80 Ocarina XG SYNTH LEAD 0 0 81 Square Lead 0 6 81 Square Lead 2 0 8 81 LM Square 0 18 81 Hollow 0 19 81 Shroud 0 64 81 Mellow 0 65 81 Solo Sine 0 66 81 Sine Lead 0 0 82 Sawtooth Lead 0 6 82 Sawtooth Lead 2 0 8 82 Thick Sawtooth 0 18 82 Dynamic Sawtooth 0 19 82 Digital Sawtooth 0 20 82 Big Lead 0 24 82 Heavy Synth 0 96 82 Sequenced Analog 0 0 83 Calliope Lead 0 65 83 Pure Lead 0 0 84 Chiff Lead 0 0 85 Charang Lead 0 64 85 Distorted Lead 0 0 86 Voice Lead 0 0 87 Fifths Lead 0 35 87 Big Five 0 0 88 Bass & Lead 0 16 88 Big & Low 0 64 88 Fat & Perky 0 65 88 Soft Whirl XG SYNTH PAD 0 0 89 New Age Pad 0 64 89 Fantasy 0 0 90 Warm Pad 0 0 91 Poly Synth Pad 0 0 92 Choir Pad 0 66 92 Itopia 0 0 93 Bowed Pad 0 0 94 Metallic Pad 0 0 95 Halo Pad 0 0 96 Sweep Pad XG SYNTH EFFECTS 0 0 97 Rain 0 64 97 Harmo Rain 0 65 97 African Wind 0 66 97 Carib 0 0 98 Sound Track 0 27 98 Prologue 0 0 99 Crystal 0 12 99 Synth Drum Comp 0 14 99 Popcorn 0 18 99 Tiny Bells 0 35 99 Round Glockenspiel 0 40 99 Glockenspiel Chimes 0 41 99 Clear Bells 0 42 99 Chorus Bells 0 65 99 Soft Crystal PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 51 Voice List Voice No. 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 52 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) 0 70 99 Air Bells 0 71 99 Bell Harp 0 72 99 Gamelimba 0 0 100 Atmosphere 0 18 100 Warm Atmosphere 0 19 100 Hollow Release 0 40 100 Nylon Electric Piano 0 64 100 Nylon Harp 0 65 100 Harp Vox 0 66 100 Atmosphere Pad 0 0 101 Brightness 0 0 102 Goblins 0 64 102 Goblins Synth 0 65 102 Creeper 0 67 102 Ritual 0 68 102 To Heaven 0 70 102 Night 0 71 102 Glisten 0 96 102 Bell Choir 0 0 103 Echoes 0 65 103 Big Pan 0 0 104 Sci-Fi XG WORLD 0 96 16 Cimbalom 0 40 47 Yang Chin 0 0 78 Shakuhachi 0 35 105 Sitar 2 0 97 105 Tamboura 0 0 106 Banjo 0 28 106 Muted Banjo 0 96 106 Rabab 0 97 106 Gopichant 0 96 108 Taisho-kin XG PERCUSSIVE 0 0 113 Tinkle Bell 0 96 113 Bonang 0 97 113 Altair 0 98 113 Gamelan Gongs 0 99 113 Stereo Gamelan Gongs 0 100 113 Rama Cymbal 0 0 114 Agogo 0 0 115 Steel Drums 0 97 115 Glass Percussion 0 98 115 Thai Bells 0 0 116 Woodblock 0 96 116 Castanets 0 0 117 Taiko Drum 0 96 117 Gran Cassa 0 0 118 Melodic Tom 0 64 118 Melodic Tom 2 0 65 118 Real Tom 0 66 118 Rock Tom 0 0 119 Synth Drum 0 64 119 Analog Tom 0 65 119 Electronic Percussion 0 0 120 Reverse Cymbal XG SOUND EFFECTS 64 0 1 Cutting Noise 64 0 2 Cutting Noise 2 64 0 4 String Slap 64 0 17 Flute Key Click 64 0 33 Shower 64 0 34 Thunder 64 0 35 Wind 64 0 36 Stream 64 0 37 Bubble 64 0 38 Feed PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Voice No. 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 MIDI Bank Select Program Voice Name MSB LSB Change# (0–127) (0–127) (1–128) 64 0 49 Dog 64 0 50 Horse 64 0 51 Bird Tweet 2 64 0 56 Maou 64 0 65 Phone Call 64 0 66 Door Squeak 64 0 67 Door Slam 64 0 68 Scratch Cut 64 0 69 Scratch Split 64 0 70 Wind Chime 64 0 71 Telephone Ring 2 64 0 81 Car Engine Ignition 64 0 82 Car Tires Squeal 64 0 83 Car Passing 64 0 84 Car Crash 64 0 85 Siren 64 0 86 Train 64 0 87 Jet Plane 64 0 88 Starship 64 0 89 Burst 64 0 90 Roller Coaster 64 0 91 Submarine 64 0 97 Laugh 64 0 98 Scream 64 0 99 Punch 64 0 100 Heartbeat 64 0 101 Footsteps 64 0 113 Machine Gun 64 0 114 Laser Gun 64 0 115 Explosion 64 0 116 Firework Drum Kit List •“ ” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”. • Each percussion voice uses one note. • The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than keyboard Note # and Note. For example, in “141: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H” (Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0). C1 C#1 D1 E1 F1 D#1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 B1 C2 A#1 C#2 D2 E2 F2 D#2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 B2 C3 A#2 C#3 D3 E3 F3 D#3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 B3 C4 A#3 C#4 D4 E4 F4 D#4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 B4 C5 A#4 C#5 D5 E5 F5 D#5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 B5 C6 A#5 Voice No. MSB (0–127) / LSB (0–127) / PC (1–128) Keyboard MIDI Note# Note Note# Note 25 C# 0 13 C# -1 26 D 0 14 D -1 27 D# 0 15 D# -1 28 E 0 16 E -1 29 F 0 17 F -1 30 F# 0 18 F# -1 31 G 0 19 G -1 32 G# 0 20 G# -1 33 A 0 21 A -1 34 A# 0 22 A# -1 35 B 0 23 B -1 36 C 1 24 C 0 37 C# 1 25 C# 0 38 D 1 26 D 0 39 D# 1 27 D# 0 40 E 1 28 E 0 41 F 1 29 F 0 42 F# 1 30 F# 0 43 G 1 31 G 0 44 G# 1 32 G# 0 45 A 1 33 A 0 46 A# 1 34 A# 0 47 B 1 35 B 0 48 C 2 36 C 1 49 C# 2 37 C# 1 50 D 2 38 D 1 51 D# 2 39 D# 1 52 E 2 40 E 1 53 F 2 41 F 1 54 F# 2 42 F# 1 55 G 2 43 G 1 56 G# 2 44 G# 1 57 A 2 45 A 1 58 A# 2 46 A# 1 59 B 2 47 B 1 60 C 3 48 C 2 61 C# 3 49 C# 2 62 D 3 50 D 2 63 D# 3 51 D# 2 64 E 3 52 E 2 65 F 3 53 F 2 66 F# 3 54 F# 2 67 G 3 55 G 2 68 G# 3 56 G# 2 69 A 3 57 A 2 70 A# 3 58 A# 2 71 B 3 59 B 2 72 C 4 60 C 3 73 C# 4 61 C# 3 74 D 4 62 D 3 75 D# 4 63 D# 3 76 E 4 64 E 3 77 F 4 65 F 3 78 F# 4 66 F# 3 79 G 4 67 G 3 80 G# 4 68 G# 3 81 A 4 69 A 3 82 A# 4 70 A# 3 83 B 4 71 B 3 84 C 5 72 C 4 85 C# 5 73 C# 4 86 D 5 74 D 4 87 D# 5 75 D# 4 88 E 5 76 E 4 89 F 5 77 F 4 90 F# 5 78 F# 4 91 G 5 79 G 4 92 G# 5 80 G# 4 93 A 5 81 A 4 94 A# 5 82 A# 4 95 B 5 83 B 4 96 C 6 84 C 5 97 C# 6 85 C# 5 98 D 6 86 D 5 99 D# 6 87 D# 5 100 E 6 88 E 5 101 F 6 89 F 5 102 F# 6 90 F# 5 103 G 6 91 G 5 188 127/000/001 189 127/000/002 190 127/000/009 191 127/000/017 192 127/000/025 193 127/000/026 Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Surdo Mute Surdo Open Hi Q Whip Slap Scratch Push Scratch Pull Finger Snap Click Noise Metronome Click Metronome Bell Seq Click L Seq Click H Brush Tap Brush Swirl Brush Slap Brush Tap Swirl Snare Roll Castanet Snare H Soft Sticks Bass Drum Soft Open Rim Shot Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum Side Stick Snare M Hand Clap Snare H Hard Floor Tom L Hi-Hat Closed Floor Tom H Hi-Hat Pedal Low Tom Hi-Hat Open Mid Tom L Mid Tom H Crash Cymbal 1 High Tom Ride Cymbal 1 Chinese Cymbal Ride Cymbal Cup Tambourine Splash Cymbal Cowbell Crash Cymbal 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal 2 Bongo H Bongo L Conga H Mute Conga H Open Conga L Timbale H Timbale L Agogo H Agogo L Cabasa Maracas Samba Whistle H Samba Whistle L Guiro Short Guiro Long Claves Wood Block H Wood Block L Cuica Mute Cuica Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree Snare H Soft 2 SD Rock H Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal Hi Q 2 Snare L Hi Q 2 SD Rock H Bass Drum H Bass Drum H Bass Drum H BD Rock BD Rock BD Gate BD Analog L BD Analog H Analog Side Stick Analog Snare 1 Open Rim Shot 2 Bass Drum 2 Snare M 2 SD Room L SD Rock L SD Rock L Snare H Hard 2 SD Room H Room Tom 1 SD Rock Rim Rock Tom 1 SD Rock H E Tom 1 Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2 E Tom 2 Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3 E Tom 3 Room Tom 4 Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 4 Rock Tom 5 E Tom 4 E Tom 5 Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6 E Tom 6 Analog Snare 2 Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 1 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 2 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 Analog Cowbell Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L Analog Maracas Analog Claves Scratch Push Scratch Pull Scratch Push Scratch Pull PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 53 Drum Kit List C1 C#1 D1 E1 F1 D#1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 B1 C2 A#1 C#2 D2 E2 F2 D#2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 B2 C3 A#2 C#3 D3 E3 F3 D#3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 B3 C4 A#3 C#4 D4 E4 F4 D#4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 B4 C5 A#4 C#5 D5 E5 F5 D#5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 B5 C6 54 A#5 Voice No. MSB (0–127) / LSB (0–127) / PC (1–128) Keyboard MIDI Note# Note Note# Note 25 C# 0 13 C# -1 26 D 0 14 D -1 27 D# 0 15 D# -1 28 E 0 16 E -1 29 F 0 17 F -1 30 F# 0 18 F# -1 31 G 0 19 G -1 32 G# 0 20 G# -1 33 A 0 21 A -1 34 A# 0 22 A# -1 35 B 0 23 B -1 36 C 1 24 C 0 37 C# 1 25 C# 0 38 D 1 26 D 0 39 D# 1 27 D# 0 40 E 1 28 E 0 41 F 1 29 F 0 42 F# 1 30 F# 0 43 G 1 31 G 0 44 G# 1 32 G# 0 45 A 1 33 A 0 46 A# 1 34 A# 0 47 B 1 35 B 0 48 C 2 36 C 1 49 C# 2 37 C# 1 50 D 2 38 D 1 51 D# 2 39 D# 1 52 E 2 40 E 1 53 F 2 41 F 1 54 F# 2 42 F# 1 55 G 2 43 G 1 56 G# 2 44 G# 1 57 A 2 45 A 1 58 A# 2 46 A# 1 59 B 2 47 B 1 60 C 3 48 C 2 61 C# 3 49 C# 2 62 D 3 50 D 2 63 D# 3 51 D# 2 64 E 3 52 E 2 65 F 3 53 F 2 66 F# 3 54 F# 2 67 G 3 55 G 2 68 G# 3 56 G# 2 69 A 3 57 A 2 70 A# 3 58 A# 2 71 B 3 59 B 2 72 C 4 60 C 3 73 C# 4 61 C# 3 74 D 4 62 D 3 75 D# 4 63 D# 3 76 E 4 64 E 3 77 F 4 65 F 3 78 F# 4 66 F# 3 79 G 4 67 G 3 80 G# 4 68 G# 3 81 A 4 69 A 3 82 A# 4 70 A# 3 83 B 4 71 B 3 84 C 5 72 C 4 85 C# 5 73 C# 4 86 D 5 74 D 4 87 D# 5 75 D# 4 88 E 5 76 E 4 89 F 5 77 F 4 90 F# 5 78 F# 4 91 G 5 79 G 4 92 G# 5 80 G# 4 93 A 5 81 A 4 94 A# 5 82 A# 4 95 B 5 83 B 4 96 C 6 84 C 5 97 C# 6 85 C# 5 98 D 6 86 D 5 99 D# 6 87 D# 5 100 E 6 88 E 5 101 F 6 89 F 5 102 F# 6 90 F# 5 103 G 6 91 G 5 188 127/000/001 194 127/000/113 195 127/000/033 196 127/000/041 197 127/000/049 Standard Kit 1 Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit Surdo Mute Surdo Open Hi Q Whip Slap Scratch Push Scratch Pull Finger Snap Click Noise Metronome Click Metronome Bell Seq Click L Seq Click H Brush Tap Brush Swirl Brush Slap Brush Tap Swirl Snare Roll Castanet Snare H Soft Sticks Bass Drum Soft Open Rim Shot Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum Side Stick Snare M Hand Clap Snare H Hard Floor Tom L Hi-Hat Closed Floor Tom H Hi-Hat Pedal Low Tom Hi-Hat Open Mid Tom L Mid Tom H Crash Cymbal 1 High Tom Ride Cymbal 1 Chinese Cymbal Ride Cymbal Cup Tambourine Splash Cymbal Cowbell Crash Cymbal 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal 2 Bongo H Bongo L Conga H Mute Conga H Open Conga L Timbale H Timbale L Agogo H Agogo L Cabasa Maracas Samba Whistle H Samba Whistle L Guiro Short Guiro Long Claves Wood Block H Wood Block L Cuica Mute Cuica Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 198 126/000/128 StdKit1 + Chinese Perc. Reverse Cymbal Hi Q 2 AnSD Snappy AnBD Dance-1 AnSD OpenRim AnBD Dance-2 AnBD Dance-3 Analog Side Stick AnSD Q AnSD Ana+Acoustic Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 3 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 4 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open 2 Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 SD Jazz H Light Brush Slap L Bass Drum L BD Jazz BD Jazz Gran Cassa Gran Cassa Mute SD Jazz L Brush Slap Marching Sn M SD Jazz M Jazz Tom 1 Brush Tap Brush Tom 1 Marching Sn H Jazz Tom 1 Jazz Tom 2 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2 Jazz Tom 3 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3 Jazz Tom 4 Jazz Tom 5 Brush Tom 4 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 6 Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 4 Jazz Tom 5 Hand Cym. L Jazz Tom 6 Hand Cym.Short L Analog Cowbell Hand Cym. H Hand Cym.Short H Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L Analog Maracas Analog Claves Scratch Push Scratch Pull Dagu Mute Zhongcha Mute Dagu Heavy Zhongcha Open Paigu Middle Paigu Low Xiaocha Mute Bangu Xiaocha Open Bangzi Muyu Low Zhongluo Mute Muyu Mid-Low Zhongluo Open Muyu Middle Xiaoluo Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Drum Kit List * Actual keyboard notes of the SFX Kit 1 and 2 are one octave lower than the ones described in the list below. 199 126/000/040 200 126/000/0115 Indian Kit 1 Indian Kit 2 Hateli Long Hateli Short Baya ge Baya ke Baya ghe Baya ka Tabla na Tabla tin Tablabaya dha Tabla tun Tablabaya dhin Tabla di Tablabaya dhe Tabla ti Tabla ne Tabla taran Tabla tak Chipri Kanjira Open Kanjira Slap Kanjira Mute Kanjira Bend up Kanjira Bend down Dholak Open Dholak Mute Dholak Slap Dhol Open Dhol Mute Dhol Slap Dhol Slide Mridangam Normal Mridangam Open Mridangam Mute Mridangam Slap Mridangam Rim Chimta Open Chimta Normal Chimta Ring Dholki Open Dholki Mute Dholki Slap Dholki Slide Dholki Rim Khol Open Khol Slide Khol Mute Manjira Open Manjira Close Jhanji Open Jhanji Close Mondira Open Mondira Close Mridang Open Mridang Mute Mridang Rim Mridang Slide Khomokh Normal Khomokh Mute Khomokh Mltatk Madal-A2 Madal-A#2 Madal-B2 Madal-C3 Madal-C#3 Madal-D3 Madal-D#3 Madal-E3 Madal-F3 Madal-F#3 Madal-G3 Indian Hand Clap Dafli Open Dafli Slap Dafli Rim Duff Open Duff Slap Duff Rim Hatheli Long Hatheli Short Baya ge Baya ke Baya ghe Baya ka Tabla na Tabla tin Tablabaya dha Dhol 1 Open Dhol 1 Slap Dhol 1 Mute Dhol 1 Open Slap Dhol 1 Roll Dandia Short Dandia Long Chutki Chipri Khanjira Open Khanjira Slap Khanjira Mute Khanjira Bendup Khanjira Benddown Dholak 1 Open Dholak 1 Mute Dholak 1 Slap Dhol 2 Open Dhol 2 Slap Dhol 2 Rim Mridangam na Mridangam din Mridangam ki Mridangam ta Mridangam Chapu Mridangam Lo Closed Mridangam Lo Open Chimta Normal Chimta Ring Dholki Hi Open Dholki Hi Mute Dholki Lo Open Dholki Hi Slap Dholki Lo Slide Khol Open Khol slide Khol Mute Manjira Open Manjira Close Jhanji Open Jhanji Close Mondira Open Mondira Close Indian Bhangra Scat 1 Indian Bhangra Scat 2 Indian Bhangra Scat 3 indian Bhangra Scat 4 Khomokh Normal Khomokh Mute Khomokh mltatk Thavil Open Thavil Slap Thavil Mute Khartaal Dholak 2 Open Dholak 2 Slide Dholak 2 Rim 1 Dholak 2 Rim 2 Dholak 2 Ring Dholak 2 Slap 201 126/000/037 202 126/000/041 203 126/000/001 204 126/000/002 205 126/000/113 Arabic Kit Cuban Kit SFX Kit 1 * SFX Kit 2 * Sound Effect Kit Zarb Back mf Zarb Tom f Zarb Eshareh Zarb Whipping Tombak Tom f Neghareh Tom f Tombak Back f Neghareh Back f Tombak Snap f Neghareh Pelang f Tombak Trill Khaligi Clap 1 Arabic Zalgouta Open Khaligi Clap 2 Arabic Zalgouta Close Arabic Hand Clap Tabel Tak 1 Sagat 1 Tabel Dom Sagat 2 Tabel Tak 2 Sagat 3 Riq Tik 3 Riq Tik 2 Riq Tik Hard 1 Riq Tik 1 Riq Tik Hard 2 Riq Tik Hard 3 Riq Tish Riq Snouj 2 Riq Roll Riq Snouj 1 Riq Sak Riq Snouj 3 Riq Snouj 4 Riq Tak 1 Riq Brass 1 Riq Tak 2 Riq Brass 2 Riq Dom Katem Tak Doff Katem Dom Katem Sak 1 Katem Tak 1 Katem Sak 2 Katem Tak 2 Daholla Sak 2 Daholla Sak 1 Daholla Tak 1 Daholla Dom Daholla Tak 2 Tablah Prok Tablah Dom 2 Tablah Roll of Edge Tablah Tak Finger 4 Tablah Tak Trill 1 Tablah Tak Finger 3 Tablah Tak Trill 2 Tablah Tak Finger 2 Tablah Tak Finger 1 Tablah Tik 2 Tablah Tik 4 Tablah Tik 3 Tablah Tik 1 Tablah Tak 3 Tablah Tak 1 Tablah Tak 4 Tablah Tak 2 Tablah Sak 2 Tablah Tremolo Tablah Sak 1 Tablah Dom 1 Conga H Tip Conga H Heel Conga H Open Conga H Mute Conga H Slap Open Conga H Slap Conga H Slap Mute Conga L Tip Conga L Heel Conga L Open Conga L Mute Conga L Slap Open Conga L Slap Conga L Slide Bongo H Open 1 finger Bongo H Open 3 finger Bongo H Rim Bongo H Tip Bongo H Heel Bongo H Slap Bongo L Open 1 finger Bongo L Open 3 finger Bongo L Rim Bongo L Tip Bongo L Heel Bongo L Slap Timbale L Open Drum Loop Cutting Noise Cutting Noise 2 String Slap Phone Call Door Squeak Door Slam Scratch Cut Scratch Wind Chime Telephone Ring 2 Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition Car Tires Squeal Car Passing Car Crash Siren Train Jet Plane Starship Burst Roller Coaster Submarine Shower Thunder Wind Stream Bubble Feed Laugh Scream Punch Heartbeat Footsteps Paila L Timbale H Open Paila H Cowbell Top Guiro Short Guiro Long Tambourine Maracas Shaker Cabasa Heartbeat Footsteps Door Squeak Door Slam Applause Camera Horn Hiccup Cuckoo Clock Stream Frog Rooster Dog Cat Owl Horse Gallop Horse Neigh Cow Lion Scratch Yo! Go! Get up! Whoow! Huuaah! Uh!+Hit Dog Horse Bird Tweet 2 Machine Gun Laser Gun Explosion Firework Applause 1 Applause 2 Applause 3 Applause 4 Maou PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 55 Song List Song No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 048 049 050 Song Name Top Picks Demo 1 (Yamaha Original) Demo 2 (Yamaha Original) Demo 3 (Yamaha Original) Learn to Play Für Elise (Basic) (L. v. Beethoven) Für Elise (Advanced) (L. v. Beethoven) Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Basic) (Traditional) Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Advanced) (Traditional) Turkish March (Basic) (W.A. Mozart) Turkish March (Advanced) (W.A. Mozart) Ode to Joy (Basic) (L. v. Beethoven) Ode to Joy (Advanced) (L. v. Beethoven) The Entertainer (Basic) (S. Joplin) The Entertainer (Advanced) (S. Joplin) Londonderry Air (Basic) (Traditional) Londonderry Air (Advanced) (Traditional) The Last Rose of Summer (Basic) (Traditional) The Last Rose of Summer (Advanced) (Traditional) Amazing Grace (Basic) (Traditional) Amazing Grace (Advanced) (Traditional) Favorite Frère Jacques (Traditional) Der Froschgesang (Traditional) Aura Lee (Traditional) London Bridge (Traditional) Sur le pont d'Avignon (Traditional) Nedelka (Traditional) Aloha Oe (Q. Liliuokalani) Sippin’ Cider Through a Straw (Traditional) Old Folks at Home (S. C. Foster) Bury Me Not on the Lone Prairie (Traditional) Cielito Lindo (Traditional) Santa Lucia (A. Longo) If You’re Happy and You Know It (Traditional) Beautiful Dreamer (S. C. Foster) Greensleeves (Traditional) Kalinka (Traditional) Holdilia Cook (Traditional) Ring de Banjo (S. C. Foster) La Cucaracha (Traditional) Funiculi Funicula (L. Denza) Largo (from the New World) (A. Dvořák) Brahms’ Lullaby (J. Brahms) Liebesträume Nr.3 (F. Liszt) Pomp and Circumstance (E. Elgar) Chanson du Toreador (G. Bizet) Jupiter, the Bringer of Jollity (G. Holst) The Polovetsian Dances (A. Borodin) Die Moldau (B. Smetana) Salut d'Amour op.12 (E. Elgar) Humoresques (A. Dvořák) Symphony No.9 (from the New World - 4th movement) (A. Dvořák) Song No. 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 059 060 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 099 100 101 102 Song Name Favorite with Style O du lieber Augustin (Traditional) Mary Had a Little Lamb (Traditional) When Irish Eyes Are Smiling (E. R. Ball) Little Brown Jug (Traditional) Ten Little Indians (Traditional) On Top of Old Smoky (Traditional) My Darling Clementine (Traditional) Oh! Susanna (S. C. Foster) Red River Valley (Traditional) Turkey in the Straw (Traditional) Muffin Man (R. A. King) Pop Goes the Weasel (Traditional) Grandfather’s Clock (H. C. Work) Camptown Races (S. C. Foster) When the Saints Go Marching In (Traditional) Yankee Doodle (Traditional) Battle Hymn of the Republic (Traditional) I’ve Been Working on the Railroad (Traditional) American Patrol (F. W. Meacham) Down by the Riverside (Traditional) Instrument Master Sicilienne/Fauré (G. Fauré) Swan Lake (P. I. Tchaikovsky) Grand March (Aida) (G. Verdi) Serenade for Strings in C major, op.48 (P. I. Tchaikovsky) Pizzicato Polka (J. Strauss II) Romance de Amor (Traditional) Menuett BWV. Anh.114 (J. S. Bach) Ave Verum Corpus (W. A. Mozart) Radetzky Marsch (J. Strauss I) Piano Repertoire Wenn ich ein Vöglein wär (Traditional) Die Lorelei (F. Silcher) Home Sweet Home (H. R. Bishop) Scarborough Fair (Traditional) My Old Kentucky Home (Traditional) Loch Lomond (Traditional) Silent Night (F. Gruber) Deck the Halls (Traditional) O Christmas Tree (Traditional) Sonata Pathétique 2nd Adagio Cantabile (L. v. Beethoven) Ave Maria/J. S. Bach - Gounod (J. S. Bach / C. F. Gounod) Jesus bleibet meine Freude (J. S. Bach) Prelude op.28-15 “Raindrop” (F. Chopin) Nocturne op.9-2 (F. Chopin) Etude op.10-3 “Chanson de L'adieu” (F. Chopin) Romanze (Serenade K.525) (W. A. Mozart) Arabesque (J. F. Burgmüller) La Chevaleresque (J. F. Burgmüller) Für Elise (L. v. Beethoven) Turkish March (W.A. Mozart) 24 Preludes op.28-7 (F. Chopin) Annie Laurie (Traditional) Jeanie with the Light Brown Hair (S. C. Foster) • Some songs have been edited for length or for ease in learning, and may not be exactly the same as the original. • A song book (free downloadable scores) is available that includes scores for all internal songs (excepting Songs 1–3). To obtain the Song Book, complete the user registration at the following website. https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/ 56 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Style List Style No. Style Name Style No. Style Name Style No. SaturdayNight 93 DiscoHands 94 Style Name 8BEAT 47 1 BritPopRock 48 2 8BeatModern 3 Cool8Beat 49 BigBandFast 95 4 60sGtrPop 50 BigBandBallad 96 6/8March 5 8BeatAdria 51 AcousticJazz 97 GermanMarch 6 60s8Beat 52 AcidJazz 98 PolkaPop 7 8Beat 53 JazzClub 99 OberPolka 8 OffBeat 54 Swing1 100 Tarantella 9 60sRock 55 Swing2 101 Showtune 10 HardRock 56 Five/Four 102 ChristmasSwing 11 RockShuffle 57 Dixieland 103 ChristmasWaltz 12 8BeatRock 58 Ragtime 104 ScottishReel SWING&JAZZ 16BEAT Rumba Jive TRAD&WORLD USMarch 105 Duranguense BluesRock 106 CumbiaGrupera R&B 13 16Beat 59 14 PopShuffle 60 Soul 107 Yi Zu Min Ge 15 GuitarPop 61 DetroitPop 108 Jing Ju Jie Zou 16 16BtUptempo 62 60sRock&Roll 109 Bhajan 17 KoolShuffle 63 6/8Soul 110 BollyMix 18 HipHopLight 64 CrocoTwist 111 IndianPop BALLAD 65 Rock&Roll 112 Bhangra 19 70sGlamPiano 66 ComboBoogie 113 Dandiya 20 PianoBallad 67 6/8Blues 114 ModernDangdut 21 LoveSong COUNTRY 115 Keroncong 22 6/8ModernEP 68 CountryPop 116 Saeidy 23 6/8SlowRock 69 CountrySwing 117 WehdaSaghira 24 OrganBallad 70 Country2/4 118 Iranian Elec 25 PopBallad 71 Bluegrass 119 Emarati 26 16BeatBallad DANCE LATIN WALTZ 72 BrazilianSamba 120 SwingWaltz 27 ClubBeat 73 BossaNova 121 JazzWaltz 28 Electronica 74 Forro 122 CountryWaltz 29 FunkyHouse 75 Sertanejo 123 OberWalzer 30 MellowHipHop 76 Tijuana 124 Musette 31 Chillout 77 Joropo 32 EuroTrance 78 Parranda 125 Learning2/4 33 Ibiza 79 Reggaeton 126 Learning4/4 34 SwingHouse 80 Mambo 127 Learning6/8 35 Clubdance 81 Salsa 36 ClubLatin 82 Beguine 128 Stride 37 Garage1 83 Reggae 129 PianoSwing 38 Garage2 BALLROOM 130 PianoBoogie 39 TechnoParty 84 VienneseWaltz 131 Arpeggio 40 UKPop 85 EnglishWaltz 132 Habanera 41 HipHopGroove 86 Slowfox 133 SlowRock 42 HipShuffle 87 Foxtrot 134 8BeatPianoBallad 43 HipHopPop 88 Quickstep 135 6/8PianoMarch DISCO 89 Tango 136 PianoWaltz 44 ModernDisco 90 Pasodoble 45 70sDisco 91 Samba 46 LatinDisco 92 ChaChaCha CHILDREN PIANIST PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 57 Music Database List MDB No. MDB Name MDB Name MDB No. MDB Name 48 HighMoon 96 Showbiz 1 AlvFever 49 InMood 97 StarMrch 2 DayPdise 50 MistySax 98 WashPost 3 GoMyWay 51 MoonLit 99 XmasWalz 4 HowDeep! 52 New York 100 YankDood 5 HurryLuv 53 SaintMch 6 Imagine 54 ShearJz 7 JustCall 55 TstHoney 8 SultanSw 56 9 WhitePle 10 YesterPf USPatrol EASY LISTENING 57 Close2U ROCK 58 Entrtain 11 JumpRock 59 LuvStory 12 PickUpPc 60 MyPrince 13 RdRiverR 61 PupetStr 14 SatsfyGt 62 Raindrop 15 Sheriff 63 R'ticGtr 16 SmokeWtr 64 SingRain 17 TwistAgn 65 SmallWld 18 VenusPop 66 SpkSoft DANCE 67 StrangeN TimeGoes 19 2 of Us 68 20 B Leave 69 WhteXmas 21 Back St 70 WishStar 22 Crockett 71 WondrWld 23 FunkyTwn 24 KillSoft 72 BambaLa 25 Nine PM 73 BeHappy! 26 SingBack 74 CopaLola 27 StrandD 75 DayNight 76 Ipanema 28 AdelineB 77 MuchoTrp 29 CatMemry 78 Sunshine 30 ElvGhett 79 Tico Org 31 Feeling 80 TrbWave 32 Mn Rivr 33 OnMyMnd 81 BoxerFlt 34 OverRbow 82 CntryRds 35 ReleseMe 83 Jambala 36 SavingLv 84 TopWorld 37 SmokyEye 85 YlwRose 38 WhisprSx 86 BrazilBr BALLAD R&B LATIN COUNTRY BALLROOM 39 AmazingG 87 CherryTp 40 BoogiePf 88 DanubeWv 41 Clock Rk 89 TangoAc 42 CU later 90 43 HappyDay Tea4Two TRADITIONAL 44 RisingSn 91 CampRace 45 ShookUp 92 CielPari 46 TeddyBer 93 GrndClok 94 JinglBel 95 MickMrch SWING & JAZZ 47 58 MDB No. POP ChooChoo PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Effect Type List Harmony Types No. 01 Harmony Type Duet 02 Trio 03 Block Description If you want to sound one of the harmony types 01–05, play keys to the right side of the Split Point while playing chords in the left side of the keyboard after turning Auto Accompaniment on. One, two or three notes of harmony are automatically added to the note you play. When playing back a Song that includes chord data, harmony is applied whichever keys are played. 04 Country 05 Octave 06 Trill 1/4 note 07 Trill 1/6 note 08 Trill 1/8 note 09 Trill 1/12 note 10 Trill 1/16 note 11 Trill 1/24 note 12 Trill 1/32 note 13 Tremolo 1/4 note 14 Tremolo 1/6 note 15 Tremolo 1/8 note 16 Tremolo 1/12 note 17 Tremolo 1/16 note 18 Tremolo 1/24 note 19 Tremolo 1/32 note 20 Echo 1/4 note 21 Echo 1/6 note 22 Echo 1/8 note 23 Echo 1/12 note 24 Echo 1/16 note 25 Echo 1/24 note 26 Echo 1/32 note If you keep holding down two different notes, the notes alternate (in a trill) continuously. If you keep holding down a single note, the note is repeated continuously. (The repeat speed differs depending on the selected type.) If you keep holding down a note, echo is applied to the note played. (The echo speed differs depending on the selected type.) Reverb Types No. 01–03 Reverb Type Description Hall 1–3 Concert hall reverb. 04–05 Room 1–2 Small room reverb. 06–07 Stage 1–2 Reverb for solo instruments. 08–09 Plate 1–2 Simulated steel plate reverb. Off No effect. 10 Chorus Types No. Chorus Type Description 01–02 Chorus 1–2 03–04 Flanger 1–2 This produces a rich, animated wavering effect in the sound. Off No effect. 05 Conventional chorus program with rich, warm chorusing. PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 59 Specifications Size/Weight Keyboard Display Voices Effects Accompaniment Styles Dimensions (W x D x H) Weight Number of Keys Touch Response Display Backlight Language Tone Generation Tone Generating Technology Polyphony Number of Polyphony (Max.) Preset Number of Voices Compatibility Reverb Chorus Ultra-Wide Stereo Types Master EQ Harmony Melody Suppressor Dual Functions Split Panel Sustain Number of Preset Styles Fingering Preset Style Control External Styles Other Features Preset Recording/Playback Recording Music Database One Touch Setting (OTS) Number of Preset Songs Number of Songs Number of Tracks Data Capacity Compatible Data Format Playback Recording Lesson/Guide Registration Function Overall Miscellaneous Memory Memory/ Connectivity Amplifiers/Speakers Connectivity Number of Buttons Metronome Tempo Range Transpose Tuning Portable Grand Button Internal Memory USB TO HOST DC IN Headphones/Output Sustain Pedal AUX IN (Stereo-mini) Amplifiers Speakers Adaptor Power Supply Power Supply Batteries Power Consumption Auto Power Off Function Included Accessories Accessories Optional Accessories 945mm x 369mm x 122mm (37-3/16” x 14-1/2” x 4-13/16”) 4.4kg (not including batteries) (9lbs., 11oz.) 61 Yes LCD display Yes English AWM Stereo Sampling 32 187 panel Voices + 18 drum/SFX kits + 345 XGlite Voices GM/XGlite 9 types 4 types 3 types 6 types 26 types Yes Yes Yes Yes 136 Multi finger ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC START, START/STOP, INTRO/ENDING/rit., MAIN/AUTO FILL Yes 100 Yes 102 5 2 Approx. 10,000 notes (when only “melody” tracks are recorded) Approx. 5,500 chords (when only “chord” tracks are recorded) SMF Formats 0 & 1 Original File Format [KEYS TO SUCCESS], [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING], [PHRASE REPEAT], [A-B REPEAT], [CHORD DICTIONARY] 9 Yes 11–280 -12 to 0, 0 to +12 427.0–440.0–453.0 Hz (approx. 0.2Hz increments) Yes Approx. 1.7MB Yes DC IN 12V [PHONES/OUTPUT] x 1 [SUSTAIN] x 1 Yes 2.5W+2.5W 12cm×2 Users within U.S or Europe: PA-130 or an equivalent recommended by Yamaha Others: PA-3C, PA-130 or an equivalent Six “AA” size alkaline (LR6), manganese (R6) or Ni-MH rechargeable batteries 8W (When using PA-130 power adaptor) Yes • Music Rest • Owner’s Manual • AC Power adaptor * (PA-130 or an equivalent recommended by Yamaha) • Online Member Product Registration * May not be included depending on your particular area. Please check with your Yamaha dealer. • AC Power Adaptor: Users within U.S or Europe: PA-130 or an equivalent recommended by Yamaha Others: PA-3C, PA-130 or an equivalent • Keyboard Stand: L-2C • Headphones: HPE-150/HPE-30 • Footswitch: FC4/FC5 • USB MIDI Interface for iPhone/iPod touch/iPad (i-UX1) * Specifications and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information purposes only. Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify products or specifications at any time without prior notice. Since specifications, equipment or options may not be the same in every locale, please check with your Yamaha dealer. 60 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual Index A H A-B Repeat ................................... 24 AC Power Adaptor ...................... 10 ACMP ........................................... 17 audio device ................................. 25 Auto Accompaniment ................. 17 AUTO FILL ................................. 19 Auto Power Off ...................... 12, 35 AUX IN .................................... 9, 25 AUX IN Volume .......................... 33 Harmony .......................................16 Harmony Type ........................16, 34 Harmony Volume ...................16, 34 Headphone ....................................11 Reverb .......................................... 16 Reverb Level ................................ 34 Reverb Type ........................... 34, 59 rhythm .......................................... 17 rit. .................................................. 19 I S Initial Send ...................................34 Initialization .................................36 INTRO ..........................................19 iPad ................................................36 iPhone ...........................................36 iPhone/iPad Connection Manual ..4 i-UX1 ............................................36 Section .......................................... 19 Song .............................................. 22 Song Book ............................... 4, 26 Song Book Sample ...................... 38 Song Category ............................. 22 Song List ...................................... 56 Song Volume .......................... 22, 33 Specifications ............................... 60 Split .............................................. 15 Split Point ........................ 15, 17, 33 Split Voice .............................. 15, 34 Style .............................................. 17 STYLE FILE ................................. 4 Style List ...................................... 57 Style Register ............................... 33 Style Volume .......................... 17, 33 Sustain .................................... 16, 34 Synchro Start ............................... 17 B Backup .......................................... 36 Backup Clear ............................... 36 Backup Parameter ........................ 36 battery ........................................... 10 Battery Type ................................. 35 Beat ............................................... 13 BGM ............................................. 23 C Chord ............................................ 13 Chord Dictionary ......................... 21 Chord Type ................................... 20 Chorus .......................................... 16 Chorus Type ........................... 34, 59 computer ....................................... 36 Computer-related Operations ....... 4 D Demo ............................................ 22 Demo Group ................................ 35 Demo Play Mode ......................... 35 Display ......................................... 13 Drum Kit List ............................... 53 Dual Voice .............................. 15, 34 E Effect ...................................... 16, 34 Effect Type List ........................... 59 ENDING ...................................... 19 EQ Setting .................................... 12 EQ type ......................................... 12 External Clock ............................. 34 F Fast Forward ................................ 23 Fast Reverse ................................. 23 Flash Clear ................................... 36 Footswitch .................................... 11 Function ........................................ 33 Function List ................................ 33 G GM System Level 1 ....................... 4 Grade ............................................ 28 Grand Piano ................................. 14 K Keyboard Display ........................13 Keys To Success ...........................26 L Lesson ...........................................26 Listening .................................26, 28 Local Control ...............................34 M MAIN ............................................19 Main Voice .............................14, 34 Master EQ Type ...........................34 MASTER VOLUME ...................11 Measure ........................................13 Melody Suppressor ......................25 Metronome ...................................14 Metronome Volume ...............14, 34 MIDI Basics ...................................4 MIDI Reference .............................4 Music Database ............................18 Music Database List ....................58 Music Rest ................................4, 11 Musicsoft Downloader ................18 N Notation ........................................13 O T Tap ................................................ 19 Tempo ..................................... 14, 19 Time Signature ...................... 14, 34 Timing .................................... 26, 28 Touch Response ............................. 4 Touch Sensitivity ................... 12, 33 Track ............................................. 30 Transpose ..................................... 33 Troubleshooting ........................... 37 Tuning .......................................... 33 U Ultra-Wide Stereo ....................... 15 USB ................................................ 4 USB TO HOST ............................. 9 User Song ..................................... 30 One Touch Setting .......................14 V P Voice ............................................. 14 Voice List ..................................... 48 Part ................................................24 Passing Status ...............................27 Pause .............................................23 PC Mode .................................34, 35 Phrase Repeat .........................26, 29 Power Requirements ....................10 R Random .........................................23 Recording .....................................30 Recording Data Capacity ............30 Registration Memory ...................32 W Waiting ................................... 26, 28 Wide Type .................................... 34 X XGlite ............................................. 4 Y Your Tempo ................................. 35 PSR-E343/YPT-340 Owner’s Manual 61 (US only) LIMITED 1-YEAR WARRANTY ON PORTABLE KEYBOARDS (NP, NPV, PSRE, EZ, DGX230, DGX530, YPG AND YPT SERIES) Thank you for selecting a Yamaha product. Yamaha products are designed and manufactured to provide a high level of defect-free performance. Yamaha Corporation of America (“Yamaha”) is proud of the experience and craftsmanship that goes into each and every Yamaha product. Yamaha sells its products through a network of reputable, specially authorized dealers and is pleased to offer you, the Original Owner, the following Limited Warranty, which applies only to products that have been (1) directly purchased from Yamaha’s authorized dealers in the fifty states of the USA and District of Columbia (the “Warranted Area”) and (2) used exclusively in the Warranted Area. Yamaha suggests that you read the Limited Warranty thoroughly, and invites you to contact your authorized Yamaha dealer or Yamaha Customer Service if you have any questions. Coverage: Yamaha will, at its option, repair or replace the product covered by this warranty if it becomes defective, malfunctions or otherwise fails to conform with this warranty under normal use and service during the term of this warranty, without charge for labor or materials. Repairs may be performed using new or refurbished parts that meet or exceed Yamaha specifications for new parts. If Yamaha elects to replace the product, the replacement may be a reconditioned unit. You will be responsible for any installation or removal charges and for any initial shipping charges if the product(s) must be shipped for warranty service. However, Yamaha will pay the return shipping charges to any destination within the USA if the repairs are covered by the warranty. This warranty does not cover (a) damage, deterioration or malfunction resulting from accident, negligence, misuse, abuse, improper installation or operation or failure to follow instructions according to the Owner’s Manual for this product; any shipment of the product (claims must be presented to the carrier); repair or attempted repair by anyone other than Yamaha or an authorized Yamaha Service Center; (b) any unit which has been altered or on which the serial number has been defaced, modified or removed; (c) normal wear and any periodic maintenance; (d) deterioration due to perspiration, corrosive atmosphere or other external causes such as extremes in temperature or humidity; (e) damages attributable to power line surge or related electrical abnormalities, lightning damage or acts of God; or (f) RFI/EMI (Interference/ noise) caused by improper grounding or the improper use of either certified or uncertified equipment, if applicable. Any evidence of alteration, erasing or forgery of proof-of-purchase documents will cause this warranty to be void. This warranty covers only the Original Owner and is not transferable. In Order to Obtain Warranty Service: Warranty service will only be provided for defective products within the Warranted Area. Contact your local authorized Yamaha dealer who will advise you of the procedures to be followed. If this is not successful, contact Yamaha at the address, telephone number or website shown below. Yamaha may request that you send the defective product to a local authorized Yamaha Servicer or authorize return of the defective product to Yamaha for repair. If you are uncertain as to whether a dealer has been authorized by Yamaha, please contact Yamaha’s Service Department at the number shown below, or check Yamaha’s website at www.Yamaha.com. Product(s) shipped for service should be packed securely and must be accompanied by a detailed explanation of the problem(s) requiring service, together with the original or a machine reproduction of the bill of sale or other dated, proof-of-purchase document describing the product, as evidence of warranty coverage. Should any product submitted for warranty service be found ineligible therefore, an estimate of repair cost will be furnished and the repair will be accomplished only if requested by you and upon receipt of payment or acceptable arrangement for payment. Limitation of Implied Warranties and Exclusion of Damages: ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE APPLICABLE PERIOD OF TIME SET FORTH ABOVE. YAMAHA SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR FOR DAMAGES BASED UPON INCONVENIENCE, LOSS OF USE, DAMAGE TO ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT OR OTHER ITEMS AT THE SITE OF USE OR INTERRUPTION OF PERFORMANCES OR ANY CONSEQUENCES. YAMAHA’S LIABILITY FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT IS LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE PRODUCT, AT YAMAHA’S OPTION. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS OR THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. This is the only express warranty applicable to the product specified herein; Yamaha neither assumes nor authorizes anyone to assume for it any other express warranty. If you have any questions about service received or if you need assistance in locating an authorized Yamaha Servicer, please contact: CUSTOMER SERVICE Yamaha Corporation of America 6600 Orangethorpe Avenue, Buena Park, California 90620-1373 Telephone: 800-854-1569 www.yamaha.com Do not return any product to the above address without a written Return Authorization issued by YAMAHA. ©2012 Yamaha Corporation of America. 62 63 For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha representative or the authorized distributor listed below. Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante. Para obter detalhes de produtos, entre em contato com o representante mais próximo da Yamaha ou com o distribuidor autorizado relacionado a seguir. NORTH AMERICA CANADA Yamaha Canada Music Ltd. 135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario, M1S 3R1, Canada Tel: 416-298-1311 U.S.A. Yamaha Corporation of America 6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620, U.S.A. Tel: 714-522-9011 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA MEXICO Yamaha De México, S.A. de C.V. Av. Insurgentes Sur 1647 “Prisma Insurgentes”, Col. San José Insurgentes, Del. Benito Juárez, 03900, México, D.F. Tel: 55-5804-0600 BRAZIL Yamaha Musical do Brasil Ltda. Rua Joaquim Floriano, 913 - 4' andar, Itaim Bibi, CEP 04534-013 Sao Paulo, SP. BRAZIL Tel: 011-3704-1377 ARGENTINA Yamaha Music Latin America, S.A. Sucursal de Argentina Olga Cossettini 1553, Piso 4 Norte Madero Este-C1107CEK Buenos Aires, Argentina Tel: 011-4119-7000 PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES/ CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Latin America, S.A. Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella, Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia, Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá Tel: +507-269-5311 EUROPE THE UNITED KINGDOM/IRELAND Yamaha Music Europe GmbH (UK) Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes, MK7 8BL, England Tel: 01908-366700 GERMANY Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: 04101-3030 SWITZERLAND/LIECHTENSTEIN Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Branch Switzerland in Zürich Seefeldstrasse 94, 8008 Zürich, Switzerland Tel: 044-387-8080 AUSTRIA Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Branch Austria Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria Tel: 01-60203900 CZECH REPUBLIC/HUNGARY/ ROMANIA/SLOVAKIA/SLOVENIA Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Branch Austria (Central Eastern Europe Office) Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria Tel: 01-602039025 POLAND/LITHUANIA/LATVIA/ESTONIA Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Branch Poland Office ul. Wrotkowa 14 02-553 Warsaw, Poland Tel: 022-500-2925 BULGARIA Dinacord Bulgaria LTD. Bul.Iskarsko Schose 7 Targowski Zentar Ewropa 1528 Sofia, Bulgaria Tel: 02-978-20-25 Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen Bestimmungsländern erhältlich. Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo. Подробные сведения об инструменте можно получить у местного представителя корпорации Yamaha или уполномоченного дистрибьютора, указанного в следующем списке. THE NETHERLANDS/ BELGIUM/LUXEMBOURG ASIA Yamaha Music Europe Branch Benelux Clarissenhof 5-b, 4133 AB Vianen, The Netherlands Tel: 0347-358 040 FRANCE Yamaha Music Europe 7 rue Ambroise Croizat, Zone d'activités Pariest, 77183 Croissy-Beaubourg, France Tel: 01-64-61-4000 THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA Yamaha Music & Electronics (China) Co.,Ltd. 2F, Yunhedasha, 1818 Xinzha-lu, Jingan-qu, Shanghai, China Tel: 021-6247-2211 HONG KONG Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd. 11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel: 2737-7688 ITALY Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Branch Italy Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy Tel: 02-935-771 INDIA Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Ibérica, Sucursal en España Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230 Las Rozas (Madrid), Spain Tel: 91-639-8888 INDONESIA SPAIN/PORTUGAL GREECE Philippos Nakas S.A. The Music House 147 Skiathou Street, 112-55 Athens, Greece Tel: 01-228 2160 SWEDEN Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Germany filial Scandinavia J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1, Box 30053 S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden Tel: 031 89 34 00 DENMARK Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Tyskland – filial Denmark Generatorvej 6A, DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark Tel: 44 92 49 00 FINLAND F-Musiikki Oy Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260, SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland Tel: 09 618511 NORWAY Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Germany Norwegian Branch Grini Næringspark 1, N-1345 Østerås, Norway Tel: 67 16 77 70 ICELAND Skifan HF Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120, IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland Tel: 525 5000 RUSSIA Yamaha Music (Russia) Room 37, bld. 7, Kievskaya street, Moscow, 121059, Russia Tel: 495 626 5005 OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: +49-4101-3030 AFRICA Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Sales & Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2313 MIDDLE EAST TURKEY/CYPRUS Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: 04101-3030 OTHER COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Gulf FZE LOB 16-513, P.O.Box 17328, Jubel Ali, Dubai, United Arab Emirates Tel: +971-4-881-5868 MALTA Olimpus Music Ltd. The Emporium, Level 3, St. Louis Street Msida MSD06 Tel: 02133-2144 Yamaha Music India Pvt. Ltd. Spazedge building, Ground Floor, Tower A, Sector 47, Gurgaon- Sohna Road, Gurgaon, Haryana, India Tel: 0124-485-3300 PT. Yamaha Musik Indonesia (Distributor) PT. Nusantik Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia Tel: 021-520-2577 KOREA Yamaha Music Korea Ltd. 8F, 9F, Dongsung Bldg. 158-9 Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea Tel: 02-3467-3300 MALAYSIA Yamaha Music (Malaysia) Sdn., Bhd. Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya, Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia Tel: 03-78030900 PHILIPPINES Yupangco Music Corporation 339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO, Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines Tel: 819-7551 SINGAPORE Yamaha Music (Asia) PRIVATE LIMITED Blk 202 Hougang Street 21, #02-00, Singapore 530202, Singapore Tel: 6747-4374 TAIWAN Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd. 3F, #6, Sec.2, Nan Jing E. Rd. Taipei. Taiwan 104, R.O.C. Tel: 02-2511-8688 THAILAND Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd. 4, 6, 15 and 16th floor, Siam Motors Building, 891/1 Rama 1 Road, Wangmai, Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand Tel: 02-215-2622 OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Sales & Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2313 OCEANIA AUSTRALIA Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd. Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank, Victoria 3006, Australia Tel: 3-9693-5111 NEW ZEALAND Music Works LTD P.O.BOX 6246 Wellesley, Auckland 4680, New Zealand Tel: 9-634-0099 COUNTRIES AND TRUST TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Sales & Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2313 DMI6 Yamaha Global Site Yamaha Downloads http://www.yamaha.com/ http://download.yamaha.com/ ZE42920 C.S,G., DMI Development Division © 2012-2014 Yamaha Corporation Published 04/2014 PO##*.*-**B0 Printed in China